网考大学英语B练习和仿真“阅读理解”题目和答案(含译文)

温柔似野鬼°
801次浏览
2020年08月03日 13:49
最佳经验
本文由作者推荐

法学毕业论文题目-山东省国税局


阅读与理解练习题及答案
Passage 1
My mother raised me as best as she could,taking on odd jobs in the neighborhood for money.Still without a father
to tell me how to act and what was expected of me,I felt lost.1 wandered for years and got involved with tough guys
on the East Side of New York.They would fight madly over a dropped coin.They would steal to get what they
wanted.I wanted to be like them.
It was lucky for me that I left the city and entered a world of discipline,after following my mothers advice.During
three years of military service,I had time to rethink my life,and my thoughts often ran to my mother.I realized
suddenly just how much of a heartache I must have been to her,how little I had noticed her suffering.When my father
left this world.my mother was completely alone.To support us,my mother cleaned apartments and took in washing
and ironing from the neighbors.And as she worked hard at this labor,she kept her head high.Each week she would
bring a pile of books home from the library and read to us.My mother had wanted nothing more,than for me to turn
into an honest responsible man.But I had acted against her. Finally,almost too late l had the sense to feel shame.
Ten years passed and I returned to the apartment On the East Side.I knew I wouldn’t fall back in with the wrong
people,although I still wasn’t sure where I was heading.My mother,I could tell.was worried about me.In my
neighborhood, to become a police officer or a firefighter was a mark of significant social success and achievement.
For me it was an opportunity for a real start in life. I wondered if I was up to it.but I knew that it was time to try.When
I found myself in the big hall raising my hands to take the firefighters oath (誓言)of office,my mother was sitting a
few rows behind with a smile of relief.She knew that at last I was off on lifes road and moving steadily.Her smile
said,“My job is finally done.”
1.From this story,we may guess that the East Side of New York must be a____C_______area
A.commercial B.rich C.poor D.distant
本题考判断能力。从作者对自己经历的叙述,可以判断他生活在穷人区,所以答案为c。
2.The author used to behave himself________D___________.
A. oddly B.toughly C.remarkably D.badly
本题考概括能力。第一段和第二段都表明作者曾经跟坏人混在一起,所以答案为D。
3.From the context,we understand that “odd jobs”in the first paragraph refer to jobs____B_____.
A.of cleaning,washing and ironing C. which one can make extra money With
B.which are not regular or fixed D.with house work
本题考根据上下文猜测词语的能力。odd jobs指的是“零活,打零工”,第二段中所说washing等是举例,所
以答案为B。
4.In the first sentence of the,second paragraph.the author says.“It was lucky for me that...”The lucky
experience he talks about here is his experience of______A______.
A. the three years of military service
B.leaving a world of discipline
C.leaving the city and his mother
D.remembering the books his mother read to her children
本题考推理能力。作者说幸运,显然是指后面一句提到的三年军队生活经历,因此答案为A。
5. What is not true according to the passage? B
A.After her husband died,his mother did all available jobs to support the family.
B.The author was surprised that he was accepted as a firefighter.
C. The author finally realized that his mother always wanted him to be an honest and responsible man.
D.In face of poverty,his mother never lowered her head.She bravely struggled on.
本题考概括和判断能力。A,C,D各条内容在文中都 有叙述,作者对自己的前途虽然没有把握,但对自己
去争取一个新的生活还是充满信心,所以答案为B。

参考译文:母亲通过在附近打零工挣点钱,尽她最大的能力把我抚养大。但是没有父亲告诉我 应该怎么
做,我应该期待什么.我迷茫了...几年来我一直在彷徨,并混入了纽约贫民区的一帮凶悍的 青年。他们可以为
了一枚掉了的硬币疯狂打架,他们会用偷的形式获得他们想要的,我想和他们一样。
幸运的是,离开了城市之后,通过遵循母亲的指导我进入了一个有序的世界,三年的军役生活让我重思我 的
生活。我的思绪常常飘到母亲那里。突然间我认识到我带给了她多大的麻烦,而我却很少注意到他的痛 苦。
自从父亲不在后,母亲非常孤独。为了抚养我们,母亲为邻居打扫房间,洗、熨衣服。虽然她以这种 工作拼
命挣钱,却始终保持很高的思想觉悟。每周她都会从图书馆买一大堆的书回家,读给我们听。母亲 只想让我

1


做一个负责任的人,其它再别无所求。但是我却与他唱 反调。最后我才觉得有愧于她,但几乎太晚了。
十年过去了,我又回到了贫民区的那个家。尽管我不确 定我未来的人生路该往哪去,但是绝不会再和那些家
伙混在一起。我能够感觉出母亲为我担心。我的邻居 们认为,能做一名警官或是消防员就代表着社会上的成
功。而对我来说那就是新生活开始的机会。我想知 道我能否等到那一刻,可是我知道现在应该试一试了。我
不知道是否能达到这个标准,但我知道这是该尝 试的时候了。当我站在大厅里举起我的手作为作消防员就职
宣誓时,我的母亲就坐在后几排,如释重负。 她知道我最终走上了生活的道路并稳定下来了,她的微笑告诉
我:“我的任务完成了。”


Passage 2
PALO ALTO,California—“Switching off the television may help prevent children from getting fatter,even if they
do not change their diet or increase the amount they exercise.”US researchers said last week.
A study of 192 third and fourth graders,generally aged eight and nine,found that children who cut the number of
hours spent watching television gained nearly two pounds(0.9kg)less over a one-year period than those who did not
change their television diet.
“The findings are important because they show that weight loss can only be the result of a reduction in television
viewing and not any other activity,”said Thomas Robinson,a pediatrician(儿科专家)at Stanford University.
“American children spend an average of more than four hours per day watching television and videos or playing
video games,and rates of childhood being very fat have doubled over the past 20 years,”Robinson said.
In the study,presented this week to the Pediatric Academic Societies’annual meeting in San Francisco,the
researchers persuaded about 100 of the students to reduce their television viewing by one-quarter to one-third.
Children watching fewer hours of television showed a significantly smaller increase in waist size and had less
body fat than other students who continued their normal television viewing,even though neither group ate a special diet
or took part in any extra exercise.
“One explanation for the weight loss could be the children unstuck to the television may simply have been moving
around more and burning off calories,”Robinson said.“Another reason might be due to eating fewer meals in front of
the television.Some studies have suggested that eating in front of the TV encourages people to eat more,”Robinson
said.
6. The author tries to tell us in the first two paragraphs that_______D___________.
A.children will get fatter if they eat too much
B.children will get thinner if they eat less
C.children will get fatter if they spend less time watching TV
D.children will get fatter if they spend more time watching TV
本题考细节。答案在文章第一段第一句,文中的 “switching off”相当于“closing”。答案为D。
7.According to the passage,the time American children usually spend on watching TV_____A_____.
A.is more than four hours a day C.doubled in the last twenty years
B.is less than four hours a day D.is more than on any other activities
本题考细节。答案在文章第四段第一句。答案为A。
8. The time the group of children in the study spent on TV viewing every day is Suggested to be about
____C_________.
A.six hours B.eight hours C.three hours D. one hour
本题考细节与推理。答案在文章第五段最后一句“...reduce their television viewing by one-quarter to one
—third ”(将他们看电视的时间缩短了四分之一到三分之一)。注意reduce...by..表示“缩短了„„”, 而
reduce„„ t0„„表示“缩短为„„”。经推算,答案应为C。
9.Which one of the following is right?______B_________
A.Children usually eat less while watching TV.
B. Children usually eat more while watching TV.
C Children eat the same amount of food while watching TV.
D.Children usually eat nothing while watching TV.
本题考细节。答案在文章第七段最后一句“...eating in front of the TV encourages people to eat more”。答案为B。
10.Why can watching TV increase kidsweight according to the passage?______D_________
A.Because kids usually eat more while watching TV.
B.Because kids burn off fewer calories.

2


C.Because kids change their diet while watching TV.
D.Both A and B.
本题考细节和判 断。答案在第七段,孩子若不守着电视机,就会动得多一些,消耗更多的热量。答案为D。
参考译文:
帕洛阿尔托, 加利福尼亚州—“关掉电视有助于防止儿童发胖,即使他们不改变他们的饮食结构也不增加运动量,”美国研究者上周说。
一项针对192人,三到四年级,总体年龄在八岁和九岁的 孩子调查发现那些在一年里减少数小时看
电视时间的孩子比不改变看电视时间的孩子体重减少近两磅(0 .9公斤)。
“这个发现非常重要,因为这表明减肥仅仅是减少看电视时间的结果,跟其他活动无关, ”斯坦福
大学儿科专家托马斯·鲁宾逊说。
“美国孩子平均每天花费四小时看电视和视频或者 玩视频游戏,儿童肥胖比例是20年前的两倍,”
鲁宾逊说。
本周,这项报告将在旧金山举行 的儿科学术学会上提出,研究者说服100名学生将他们看电视的时
间缩短了四分之一到三分之一。 < br>和那些继续保持看电视时间的学生相比,这些孩子看电视的时间越少,他们腰围尺寸增加越少,身
体脂肪越少,而且两者都没有吃特别的饮食或参加额外的运动。
“体重减少的一个解释就是孩子们不再 黏在电视前可能仅仅是去运动起来燃烧卡路里,”鲁宾逊说,
“另外一个原因可能由于看电视少了,在电 视机前吃的东西更少了。有些研究提出待在电视机前吃东西
鼓励人们吃的更多,”鲁宾逊说。

Passage 3
Airline companies are responsible for transporting your luggage.If you cannot recover it at the point of
arrival.you must inform the airline immediately.They will early out the necessary search.If the luggage is re
covered.it will be delivered to your place of residence.If you wish to insure your luggage,you may do so at your own
expense.
Some airlines restrict luggage weight to 44 pounds(20 kg);in other cases,there is no weight restriction,but you
are not allowed more than two pieces of luggage.Inquire about luggage allowances from the airline with which you
will be traveling.However,you must pay extra for excess luggage,which is not reimbursed (补偿)by Canadian
International Development Agency(CIDA).
Each suitcase,bag or package must be clearly labeled with your name and destination. If you do not know the
exact destination address at the time of your departure,label your luggage in care of(由„„代收) me executing agency
whose name appears in the Training Agreement,using the following model:
Surname.first name
Name of your country
Address of the executing agency
City,country,postal code
Telephone number of executing agency
If you do not have this information,please label your luggage with the name and address of the institution you are
to attend in Canada.If none of these details are available,you can use CIDA’s address.
11.If you can’t find your luggage at the point of arrival,airline companies will try to find it and_____B________.
A.ask you to insure your luggage C. inform you about its recovery
B.deliver it to where you live D.ask you to pay some money for it
本题考细节。答案在文章第一段第四句。“place of residence”相当于答案中的“where you消息live”,可知答案
为B。
12.Before taking your air trip,you have to make sure_____A_____.
A.of the restrictions on luggage
B.of the insurance for luggage
C. who will pay for the excess luggage
D.how much CIDA will pay for the excess luggage
本题考细节。答案在文章第二段第二句。“luggage allowances”相当于答案中的“restrictions on luggage”,
可知答案为A。
13.The charge for the excess luggage should be paid by_______B__________.
A.CIDA C.the insurance company

3


B.the passenger D.the executing agency
本 题考细节。答案在文章第二段第三句。文中的“you”代表的就是答案中的“passenger”,可知答案 为B。

14.In case you have no idea at all where to send your luggage.you can first send it to the address of
_____D___________provided you have the information.
A.the institution you are to attend
B.the airline you travel with
C.CIDA
D. the executing agency given in the Training Agreement
本题考细节。答案在文章第三段第二句,可知答案为D。
15. The passage is mainly about CIDA’s advice on____D_______.
A.the charge of your luggage C.the insurance of your luggage
B.the recovery of your luggage D.the transportation of your luggage
本题考主旨,测试对全文的通篇理解。文章第一句就提到了“Airline companies are responsible for transporting
your luggage”。后面解释如何负责,第二段介绍了“luggage restriction”.第三段介绍了如何填写“destination
address”。整体来看,文章都在讲托运行李中的一系列问题,故答案为D。
参考译文:
航空公司有责任帮你运输行李。如果你没有在到达的时候拿到行李,你必须立即通 知航空公司。
他们会做必要的寻找。如果重新找到了行李,他们会通知你的住处。如果你想要对行李进行 保险,你需
要自己付费。
有些航空公司规定行李的重量不能超过44磅(20公斤),其他航 空公司对行李的重量没有限制,
但是行李的件数不能超过两件。可以向你将要乘坐的航班询问行李是否被 允许。对与超过规定的行李要
承担额外的费用,对此加拿大国际发展机构不会进行补偿。
每件 行李,包或者箱子都必须清楚地标上你的姓名和目的地。如果你起飞时不知道到达的确切地
点,可以标上 由执行机构(旅游公司)代收的字样,就是旅行协议上出现的名字。可用以下模式:

国家名
执行机构(旅游公司)的地址
城市名,国家名,邮编
执行机构(旅游公司)的电话号码
如果你没有这些信息,请在行李上标上你在加拿大到过的机 构的名字和地址。如果这些信息都没
有,你可以用CIDA(加拿大国际发展机构)的地址。

Passage 4
To us it seems so natural to put up an umbrella to keep the water off when it rains.But actually the am- brella was
not invented as protection against rain.Its first use was as a shade(遮光物)against the sun!
obody knows who first invented it,but the umbrella was used in very ancient times.Probably the first to use it
were the Chinese,way back in the 11 century BC.
We know that the umbrella was used in ancient Egypt and Babylon as a sunshade.And there was a strange thing
connected with its use:it became a symbol of honour and authority.In the Far East in ancient times,the umbrella was
allowed to be used only by royalty or by those in high office.
In Europe,the Greeks were the first to use the umbrella as a sunshade.And the umbrella was in common use in
ancient Greece.But it is believed that the first persons in Europe to use the umbrella as protection against the rain were
the ancient Romans.
During the Middle Ages,the use of the umbrella practically disappeared.Then it appeared again in Italy in the late
16th century And again it was considered a symbol of power and authority.By 1680,the umbrella appeared in France,
and later on in England.
By the 18th century,the umbrella was used against rain throughout most of Europe.Umbrellas have not changed much
in style during aU this time.though they have become much lighter in wasnt until the 20th century that
womens umbrellas began to be made,in a whole variety of colours.
16.According to this passage,the umbrella was probably first invented_______A___________.
A.in ancient China C.in ancient Greece
B.in ancient Egypt D.in ancient Rome

4


本题考推理能力。根据文章第二段内容推断,答案应为A。
17 Which of the following statements is not true about the umbrella?________C________.
A.No one exactly knows who was the inventor of the umbrella.
B.The umbrella was first invanted to be used as protection against the sun.
C.The umbrella changed much in style in the 18th century.
D.In Europe,the Greeks were the first to use the umbrella.
本题考细节。由最后一段第一、二句可知,答案应为c。
18.A sffange feature of the umbrellas use is that it was once used as_______B________
A.protection against rain C.a shade against the sun
B.a symbol of honour and power D.womens decoration
本题考细节。答案在文章第三段的第二句,答案为B。
19.In Europe.the umbrella was first used against the rain_____C___.
A.during the Middle Ages C.in Rome
B.in the 18th century D.in Greece
本题考细节和判断。由文章第四段最后一句内容判断,答案应为c。
20.This passage talks mainly about______________D___________.
A.when and how the umbrella was invented
B why the umbrella was once so popular in Europe
C the development of the umbrella
D.the history and use of the umbrella
本题考中心思想。通读全文,最佳答案应为D。
参考译文:
对我们来说,下雨时撑开伞挡雨是那么自然的事,但事实上,伞的发明并不是用于 防下雨,它最早
是用来遮挡阳光的。
无人知晓究竟是谁最先发明了伞,但伞的使用已经非常悠 久。很可能最早使用伞的是中国人,那是
远在公元前11世纪的事了。
伞在古埃及和巴比伦 是被当作遮阳伞使用的,而且还有一桩与使用遮阳伞有关的奇事,即它是荣誉
和权力的象征。在古代的远 东,撑伞只限用于王家贵族。
在欧洲,希腊人最早使用阳伞。伞的普遍使用也是在古希腊。而欧洲第 一个用伞来挡雨的是古罗马
人。
在整个中世纪,伞几乎没人使用。后来它的再次出现,是在 16世纪的意大利,并仍被视为权力和
威严的象征。1680年,伞出现在法国,稍后是英国。 在18世纪时期,欧洲大部分地区到处使用伞来挡雨,伞的形式在这段时间没有很大的变化,尽管
它 们在重量上变得更轻了。直到20世纪,女用伞才被制造出来,并且花色逐渐繁多了。


Passage 5
As far back as 700 BC,man has talked about children being cared for by wolves. Romulus and Remns,founders of
ancient Rome,were said to have been brought up by wolves.It is believed that when a she-wolf loses her litter,she
tries to find a human baby to take its place.
This seemingly unreasonable idea did not become believable until the nineteenth century when a French doctor
actually found a boy wandering in a forest.The boy had no clothes on and was judged to be ten years old by some
experts.He did not walk straight up like a human being,but with both his hands and feet touching the ground .The boy
could not speak but howled like a wolf.He did not eat any cooked food but raw meat such as hare,deer,or goat meat.
He knew nothing about the relationships among human families.Finally the doctor won the boys trust,and the boy
started to obey him. After many long years of devoted and patient instruction,the doctor managed to get the boy to
dress himself in clothes and feed himself as a human being does.With great difficulty,the doctor was able to make the
wolf-boy recognize and speak quite a few words.
21.According to the passage.it is believed that______B_______
A.wolf- children are a common occurrence existing in every country every century
B.the unusual occurrence of wolf-children has existed for over twenty centuries
C.she-wolves enjoy looking after a human baby instead of her own child
D.human beings are curious about wolf- children

5


本题考细节。答案在文章第一段第一句。700 Bc指公元前700年,距现在(21世纪)超过2 ooo#:,故答案
为B。
22. Except that the boy knew nothing about the relationships among human families,_____C_______facts could
show that he was a wolf-child.
A.two B.three C.four D. many
本题考细节。答案在第二段第二句到第五句,每一句都是一个除题 目中提到的fact以外的fact,故答案为
C。
23.The word“litter”in the first paragraph probably refers to_____C_______.
A.a hare C.newly-born wolves
B. the boy D. another she-wolf
本题考猜测词义。litter的意思是“仔畜”,故答案为C。
24. It took the doctor a long time to manage to get the wolf- child to______A_______.
A. return to what it means to be a human being C.remember his own family and name
B.forget his wolf life D.speak like a human child
本题考细节。答案在文章第二段结束部分。“...dress himself in clothes and feed himself as a uman being does”
和“...recognize and speak quite a few words”都属于人类行为,故答案为A。
25.Only after many long years of devoted and patient instruction did the doctor manage to____C_________.
A.win the boys trust and make the boy obey him
B.make the boy walk straight up like a human being
C. get the boy to dress himself in clothes and feed himself as a human being does
D.both A and B
本题考细节。答案在文章第二段倒数第二句,答案为c。
参考译文:
公元前700年,人们就谈论狼养人的故事。古罗马的发现者Romulus 和Remns据说就是由狼带大
的。人们相信当母狼失去了他的孩子,它就试着找一个婴儿来代替。 < br>这个不可思议的说法直到19世纪才得到证实。那时一个法国医生真的发现一个小男孩在森林里游
荡,那个男孩没有穿衣服。有些专家估计他大概十岁,他不是像人类那样直身行走,而是双手双脚触地
走 。那男孩不会说话,只会像狼一样地吼。他不吃煮过的食物,而是吃像野兔、鹿、羊这样的生肉。他
不知 道任何人类的家庭关系。结果那个医生取得了男孩的信任,男孩也开始听从医生。经过很多年的努
力和耐 心指导,医生成功的使得那个男孩可以像人类那样自己穿衣服,自己吃东西。又经过很大努力,
医生教会 了男孩认识并说一些字。


Passage 6
Until the twentieth century cigarette smoking was not a widespread habit.The cigarette industry started in the
1870,s with the development of cigarette manufacturing machines.It helped produce great numbers of cigarettes very
quickly and reduced the price greatly.And consequently more and more people,both men and women,began to smoke
cigarettes.Men as a group,however,smoke more than the highest proportion of smokers is found in the
age group of 24-44.regardless of sex difference.
Income,education,and occupation all play a part in determining a persons smoking habits.City people smoke more
than people living on farms.Well-educated men with high incomes are less likely to smoke cigarettes than men with
fewer years of schooling and lower incomes.On the other hand,if a well-educated man with a higher income smokes at
all.he is likely to smoke more packs of cigarettes per day.
The situation is somewhat different for woman.There are slightly more smokers among women with higher
family incomes and higher education than among the lower income and lower education groups These more highly
educated women tend to smoke more heavily.
Among teenagers the picture is similar.There are fewer teenage smokers from upper-income,well-educated
families,and fewer from families living in farm areas.High school students who are preparing for college are less
likely to smoke than those who do not plan to continue their education after high school.Children are most likely to
start smoking if one or both of their parents smoke.
26.When did cigarette smoking begin to become a widespread habit among men and women according to the
author?__________C________________.
A Before the 1870s.

6


B.In the year of l870.
C.When cigarettes were made in large numbers.
D.When women began to smoke cigarettes.
本题考细节。从第一段可知答案为c。
27.Among which age group of people are you likely to find the highest proportion of cigarette smokers
according to the passage?____B_________
A. Teenagers. C.People over fifty.
B.People in their thirties. D.Students under twenty.
本题考细节推理。从第一段最后一句推断,答案为B。
28. Which of the following has little to do with a persons smoking habit?______D_________
A.How much money he earns. C.How much education hes got.
B.What kind of iob he does. D.How long he has worked.
本题考细节和判断。本问题巾“has little to do with. ..”的意思是“与„„没有关系”。参考第二段第一句“收
入、教育和职业在决定一个人的抽烟习惯方 面都发挥作用”,即知答案为D。
29. Which of the following is true according to the passage?_______B_________
A.Well-paid men with good education are more likely to smoke.
B.Women with high family incomes and good education are more likely to smoke.
C.Generally speaking,well-educated women with higher incomes smoke very few cigarettes.
D.Well-educated men usually smoke more packs of cigarettes than well-educated women.
本题考细节和判断。仔细阅读第二、三段,便会得知答案为B。
30.What does the author mean by saying“Among teenagers the picture is similar.”in the last
paragraph?_______C_________
A.Teenagers smoke as many cigarettes as adults.
B.There are as many teenager smokers as adult smokers.
C. Family income and education have much the same effect on forming smoking habits among teenagers.
D.Teenager smokers have a photo that looks similar to that of adult smokers.
本 题考概括和判断能力。这里picture的意思不是“图片”,而是“隋形,局面”。该句应该与第二段第一句
联系起来理解,即青少年吸烟与成人吸烟的情形相类似,同样与家庭收入、教育等因素相关,所以答案为 c。
参考译文:
直到20世纪吸烟才成为的世界范围内的习惯。香烟产业 始于18世纪70年代香烟制造机器的发展。
这些机器能大批量地生产香烟,而且香烟生产得又快价格又 便宜。结果不论男女越来越多的人开始吸烟。
然而男人作为一个群体来看,比女人吸烟更厉害。男性吸烟 群体普遍高于女性,男女性吸烟者的年龄主
要集中在24-44岁之间。
收入、教育和职业在 决定一个人的抽烟习惯方面都发挥作用。城市吸烟者比农村的多,受过良好教
育且高收入的男人比在校学 生及低收入的人其吸烟的可能性要少。另一方面,如果受过良好教育且收入
又高的男士同样也吸烟的话, 那么,他每天很可能得抽几包烟。
对于女性而言,情况则有所不同。家庭富裕且受过高等教育的女性, 其吸烟率要高于低收入且受教
育程度较低的女性群体。越是那些受过高等教育的女性吸烟越严重。
在十几岁的青少年当中也有类似情况,那些来自高收入、高知识家庭和乡村家庭的孩子吸烟的人 数
较少。准备考大学的高中生比那些高中毕业后就不打算继续学习的高中生不容易吸烟。如果父母双方或
一方吸烟的话,孩子则很可能开始吸烟。


Passage 7
Today,computers are a huge and fast-moving field of technology.Smaller,more powerful and userfriendly
equipment is developed almost daily.
Charles Babbage,a British inventor,is sometimes called the father of the conmputer.In 1823,he started to build
a machine that could do sums and print out the results.The machine was far ahead of its ,it was so
complicated that he never finished making it over a century later,people were still trying to build efficient counting
machines.They were so big that they filled entire rooms and weighed,many these huge counting machines
were not really computers—they did not have memories.
Modern computers use complicated data memory systems to handle information,either as computer memory or
data on stored disks and CDs.The data can be words,numbers,pictures or a mixture of all three. Modem computer

7


memories can store more data than a roomful of filing boxes They use tiny electric currents.and have thousands of
circuits inside them,put tightly,into tiny“chips”.
Before it can be read by the computer,the data has to be tamed into an electronic code of very small on-off Dulses
or signals.These signals are made and translated by small switches within the“chips”.
Internet pioneer Dr.Vinton Cerf is called Father of the Internet.He loves to answer peoples questions about the
Internet whenever he meets years ago Cerf and Robert Kahn developed the structure for the
Internet.Their work brought about the rapid growth of the Internet.In 1983 there were about 50,000 users and the
number has grown to more than 360 million today. When he was asked if he ever expected the Internet to become so
popular, said the number was a surprise.
He pointed out one of the key issues facing the net today as privacy and said we could not avoid having e-mails
seen or monitored by others.“It happened with the telephone system and it will certainly happen with e-mail.There are
tools to fight against it,but the problem is that right now its not easy enough to use them”.He also pointed out that the
junk emails and the unwelcome materials such as porn on the Internet was a worry,but it was difficult to stop.
He said.“Theres no way to stop it technically—but the Internet is a mirror of mankind.If we dont like what we
see in the mirror,then touching up the mirror is not the answer.”
31.According to the passage,as early as_____B_______,people started trying to build a computer
A.twenty years ago C.a century ago
B.almost two hundred years ago D.360 million days ago
本题考细节的准确性。从第二段可以断定,答案为B。
32.According to the passage,the computers we use today are different from those old huge counting machines
mainly in that________D____________.
A. they are very small C.they use tiny electric currents
B.they can handle information D.they have memories
本题考细节和判断。第二段最后一句明确提示答案为D。
33. What makes it possible for a computer to mad the data? A
A.The data has to be turned into an electronic code of small on-off signals.
B.The data has to be translated into English by a translator.
C.The data must be turned into words,numbers,and pictures.
D.The data must be put into tiny“chips”.
本题考细节,即对第三、四段内容的理解。第四段第一句明确提示答案为A。
34.Dr.Vinton Cerf_______D__________.
A. pushes forward the rapid growth of the Internet by asking peoples questions about it
B.believes that there are tools to fight against privacy
C.thinks that e-mail will certainly be as popular as telephones
D.never expected the internet could be so popular
本题考判断能力。从第五段后半部分可以判断,答案为D。
35. Ceff compared the Internet to a mirror.When he said,“If we dont like what we see in the mirror,then
touching up the mirror is not the answer,”he probably meant that____C_________.
A.techniques will help human beings work better with the Internet
B.we will never be able to deal with the problem of the Internet
C.what we should do is to change peoples behaviour
D.what we should do is to change the whole system of the Internet
本题考作者的观点。作者在最后两段引用的评论,说明人的行为不是技术可以解决的,因此答案为C。
参考译文:
计算机技术是一个巨大的、快速发展的领域。更小、功能更强和更人性化的设备几乎天天被研发出来。
查尔斯.巴比奇 是英国的一名发明家,被称作计算机之父。1823年,他研制了一台可以计算并可以
打印计算结果的机器,这在当时是十分先进的。遗憾的是这台机器十分复杂,他没能研制完成这台机器。
直到该世纪末,人们一直在尝试研制一种效率更高的计算机器。但研制出的计算机器太大,占满了整个< br>房间,重达数吨。这些庞然大物并非真正意义上的计算机,因为它们没有存储器。.
现代计算 机利用复杂的数据来处理信息,存储系统可能是计算机存储器也可能是存储数据的光盘或
CD盘,数据可 以是文字、数据、图像,也可能是三者的合成物。与满房间档案盒存储的数据相比,现
代计算机存储器存 储的数据要多得多。现代计算机存储器利用微电流,内有数以千计的电路,经致密压
缩成为微型“芯片” 。

8


在计算机读出数据前,数据被转换成带有微型脉冲或信号 的电子码,这些信号由“芯片”内微型开
关进行转换。
因特网创始人文顿.瑟夫 博士被人 称作因特网之父,无论在何时,他总是乐意回答他所遇到的人们
就因特网提出的任何问题。20年前,瑟 夫和罗伯特.卡恩创立了因特网,之后因特网得以迅速发展。1983
年大约有50000个因特网用户 ,现在因特网的用户数量已达3.6亿。当有人问瑟夫是否料到因特网变得
如此普及时,瑟夫博士回答说 这一数字令人始料不及。
他指出保密是当今网络面临的主要问题之一,我们无法避免电子信函不被别 人偷窥和监控,电话系
统会发生此类事情,电子信函也会发生此类事情。一些工具可以用来防范偷窥和监 控,但问题是掌握这
些工具并非易事。他还指出因特网中出现的垃圾邮件和不受欢迎的东西如色情内容令 人烦恼,但阻止起
来却很难。
他说从技术上讲很难阻止这些东西,但因特网是人的一面镜子, 如果我们不喜欢镜子里看到的东西,
就不要触摸这面镜子。

Passage 8
Do you want to voice your complaint about the oil price,concerns about noise pollution or suggestions on traffic
jams? Do you want to say something about filing your income tax,registering your business or giving your vote with
just a click on the mouse? All these will come true in such big cities as Beijing,Shanghai and Guangzhou in the near
future as China races into the future with a series of IT projects.
People and businesses in these large cities will have access to their e-government when the website offering a
wide range of governmental information,policy and services starts up.Soon,features like business registration,tax
payment and billing for water,gas and electricity will be right at their fingertips,officials said.
The new website holds out the promise of a clean,clear and efficient administration,they said.“A huge website
will open next year to combine all the governmental agencies in Shanghai and people can log onto only one site for
official business,”said a senior official of the Information Office of Shanghai Peoples Government in charge of the
e-govemment project.In a recent interview,the senior official said that the city administration would create a special
fund for the project.
Shanghai began to move governmental affairs on-line in January last year,and up to now about 55 government
agencies have set up their websites,providing information and services to the public.However the effort has not met
expectations so far. Information is not frequently updated and services are very limited.Citizens cannot get
interactive with the agencies. Some major work still lies ahead.
“Traditional mindsets(思想倾向)are hard to change.The e-government concept is not very well received by many
and that is the challenge faced by governments around the globe,”said Todd Ramsey,general manager of IBM in
charge of global government industry.However,e-government is part of the global future.
Worldwide,developed countries like the US,Japan and emerging markets like Indonesia and SingaDore are
engaged in e-government projects to improve their job performance.
36.What is e-government,according to the passage?________D__________.
A.It is a project which will make citizens have access to computers and the Internet.
B.It is a future plan of a series of IT projects in big cities.
C.It is an open policy to offer a wide range of information to citizens.
D.It is the on- line govemment that people can log onto for information and services.
本题考概括能力。从第二、三段可概括出e—government的定义,答案为D。
37.In the near future,citizens in big cities in China could expect to____B_______.
A.voice their complaint about oil price
B.pay their bills with just a click on the mouse
C.file their income tax
D.be given some special fund
本题考细节和判断。文中虽无明显的句子,但从第一、二段的内容可判断答案为B。
38. The effort to move govermnental affairs on-line in Shanghai has not met expectations,because___D___.
A.information is not often updated and services are very limited
B.there is a lack of interaction among people
C.some major work is left undone
D.all of the above
本题考细节。阅读第四段可知答案为D。

9


39.What is the challenge that governments around the globe face,according to Todd Ramsey?____C______
A.Traditional mindsets are hard to change.
B.E-government will become part of the global future.
C.The e-govemment concept is not very well received by many.
D.IMB will be in charge of global government industry.
本题考细节。第五段中’Todd Ramsey的话表明答案为c。
40. Many governments worldwide are engaged in e-government projects in order to_____C_______.
A.promise a clean,clear and efficient administration
B.open more job markets
C.make their work more efficient
D.give some performances
本题考细节。由文章的最后一句话可知,答案为c。
参考译文:
油价上涨令人抱怨 ,噪声污染令人担忧,交通拥挤令人思考,对这些,你想发表看法吗?轻轻点击
鼠标就可以填写所得税的 表格,商业注册和投票选举,对此你想说点什么吗?不久将来,这些事情将在
北京、上海和广州这样的大 城市变成现实,中国在未来也将开展一系列的信息技术项目。
这种能够提供大量政府信息、政策和服务 的网站开始启动,这些大城市的居民和商业活动就可以很
便捷的使用电子政务。政府官员声称,在不久将 来,只需指尖轻轻一点,诸如商业注册、缴税和水电气
缴费之类的事情就可以解决。
他们说, 新网站提出了一个干净、透明和有效地政府管理的承诺,“明年一个含有上海所有政府机
构的大型网站将 开放,人们可以进入一个网址就可以办理公务,”上海人民政府信息办公室负责电子政
务的高层官员透露 。在最近的一次采访中,这位高层官员说城市管理会为这个项目提供专项资金。
上海在去年一月份启动 在线政务,到现在为止一共有55个政府机构建立了自己的网站,为公众提
供信息和服务。然而这些工作 远远没有达到预期的效果。信息更新不够及时,服务范围有限。市民与机
构不能互动。这个项目还有大量 的工作要做。
“传统思想很难改变。大部分人还不能接受电子政务的概念,世界各国的政府正面临着这 个挑
战,” Todd Ramsey说,他是IBM(国际商务机器公司)负责全球电子政务产业的总 经理。然而,电子
政务是全球发展趋势的一部分。
在世界范围内,像美国、日本这样的发达国 家已经印度尼西亚和新加坡这样的新兴市场都采用了电
子政务项目区提高他们的工作效率。

Passage 9
Owning a web page sounds cool.You can be the master of the page,putting up your favorite hot sports,news,
pop music and latest Hollywood movies,all of which can be found quite easily on the net. But what if the services
expose your personal data like birthday,health condition,bank account,ID card and even your personal shortcomings
to commercial websites who will use them to strengthen e-marketing?
Worse,some e-business players may pass you by and sell your personal data to other firms to get a profit. The
rapid growth of the Internet has led to individual privacy abuse.It will be a headache in the are showing
up recently that some unethical players earn big money from selling individual profiles on-line.A leading US-based net
firm has been spotted using technology to track down every action netzens(网民)make while shopping through its
website.
Zhang Jing.a 27-year-old staff member at a local lifestyle website,woke up one morning and found her emails
were stuffed with junk emails,unwelcome on-line commercial ads and a large amount of sexual stuff.“My mailbox
gets full of this awful stuff and I feel sick,”said Zhang.“Laws should be set up as soon as possible,otherwise the
problem will get worse.”
However,as the Internet goes beyond national borders,protection efforts will be limited without global
cooperation.It needs global commitment and a wide respect for the rules of the game.Meanwhile,experts have called
for the development of technology and software such as a firewall to protect netzens’privacy.Software that can track
down firms who are using technology to follow on-line shopping activities and bar firms who abuse personal data will
be available on the market soon.Firms plotting to make an illegal profit from the abuses will shoot themselves in the
foot in the end and netzens themselves should be well aware of the issue and resort to legal actions to solve the
problem.
41.What is the danger of owning a web page of your own,according to the passage?

10


____________B________________.
A.Your ID card might get lost.
B.Your personal data might be exposed.
C.Some commercial websites may use your web page.
D.Your shortcomings can be shown on the web page too.
本题考细节和判断。快速浏览第一段可知答案为B。
42.In the second paragraph,in the sentence“It will be a headache in the future”,“It”refers to_D____.
A.the Internet
B.the rapid growth of the Internet
C.the e-business
D.the individual privacy abuse by net firms
本题考对指代关系的理解。在“It will be a eadache in the future”中,代词“it,,指代前一句的结果,所以
答案为D。
43.According to Zhang Jing,the problem of junk e-mails could get worse unless___B_________.
A.on-line commercial ads are unwelcome
B.laws are established
C.netzens are fully aware of it
D.software is used
本题考判断能力。从第三段末句可以判断出答案为B。
44.From the passage we understand that_____A_______.
A.it is illegal for net firms to sell netzenspersonal data to other firms to get a profit
B.it is all right for some unethical players to earn some money from selling individual profiles on-line
C.it is normal for a computer virus to wake up one morning and stuff your emails with junk mails
D.it goes beyond national borders when net firms track down netzens shopping on-line
本题考概括能力。文章各段都谈到有人把网民的隐私出卖给commercial Iwebsites,以及要通过法律来保护网民
权益,因此答案为A。
45. To protect peoples privacy on the Internet, we should___C_______.
A. cooperate internationally and develop technology to limit the Internet
B.wait to see the firms making illegal profit from the abuses shoot themselves in the foot
C.be well aware of the issue and resort to legal actions
D.both A and C
本题考细节。阅读最后一段,可知答案为c
参考译文:
拥有自己的网页听上去很酷 。你可以作为这个网页的主人,把你酷爱的运动、新闻、流行音乐和最
新的好莱坞电影放在上面,这些东 西在网上很容易找到。但是,假如这些服务内容要暴露你的生日、健
康状况、银行账号、身份证号码甚至 个人缺点之类的个人信息给商业网站该怎么办呢?这类商业网站会
利用这些信息巩固他们的电子商务市场 。
更糟糕的是,有些电子商务从业人员可能把你的个人信息传播并出卖给其他公司获利。互联网的高< br>速发展导致个人隐私滥用。未来这是一个令人头疼的问题。最近出现不少这样的情况,不道德的从业人用通过在网上出卖他人肖像挣到大笔钱。美国的一家龙头网络公司就被指出在它的网站上出卖网民信
息,他们利用技术手段追踪每个网民的活动。
张静今年27岁,是一家本地生活网站的雇员。一天早上 醒来她发现自己的电子邮箱里装满了垃圾
邮件、不受欢迎的网上商业广告和大量黄色内容。“我的邮箱里 满是这些糟糕的东西,令我感到恶心,”
张静。“应该尽快建立相关法律,否则这个问题会更严重。”
然而,随着互联网跨过了国与国的界限,没有各国之间的合作,保护工作受到很大限制。这需要建
立一个国家委员会,并对网络规则给予广泛尊重。同时,专家呼吁开发保护网民隐私的防火墙的技术和
软件。这种软件可以追踪使用技术手段在网上贩卖网民隐私的公司,并阻止个人隐私滥用,不久就可以
在 市场上买到这样的软件。这些密谋滥用他人信息获得非法利益的公司最终是搬起石头砸自己的脚,网
民们 也将意识到这个问题来寻求法律途径解决这个问题。

Passage 10
Suppose you work in a big firm and find English very important for your job because you often deal with foreign
businessmen.Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English,especially your spoken English.

11


Here are some advertisements about English language training from newspapers.You may find the information you
need.
Global English Centre
General English in all four skills:listening,speaking,reading,and writing.
3 month(700 yuan),6 month(1,200 yuan)and one year(2,000 yuan)courses.
Choice of morning or evening classes,3 hours per day,Mon.Fri.
Experienced college English teachers.
Close to city center and bus stops.
Tel:67605272 Add:105 Zhongshan Road,100082
Modern Language School
Special courses in English for business,travel,banking,hotel management and office skills.
Small classes(12-16 students)on Sat.&Sun.from 2.00-5.00pm
Native English teachers from Canada and USA.
Language lab and computers supplied.
3-month course:1,050 yuan;6-month course:1,850 yuan.
Write or phone:Modern Language School,675 Park Road,100056
Tel:67353019
The 21st Century English Training Centre
We specialize in effective teaching at all levels.
We offer morning or afternoon classes,both of which last three months and a half at a cost of 800 yuan.
We also have a six.week TOEFL preparation class during winter and summer holidays.
Entrance exams:June 1 and Dec.1
Only 15-minute walk from city center.
Call 67801642 for more information.
The International House of English
Three/Six-month English courses for students of all levels at very low cost:60 yuan for 12 hours per
week:convenient class hours.9.00—12.00am and 2.00—5.00pm.
A four- month evening programme for developing speaking skills(same cost as day classes).
Well- trained Chinese and foreign teachers experienced in teaching English as a second/foreign language.
Free sightseeing and social activities.
Very close to the Central Park.
For further information call 67432308.
46.You work from 9.00 am to 4.30pm every day.Which schools will you choose?____B_____
A. Global English Centre and Modem Language School.
B.Global English Centre and the International House.
C.Modern Language School and the 21st Century.
D.The 21st Century and the International House.
本题考细节。你每天上午9点至下午4点30分要上班,只能读夜校,此文提到Global English
centre和The International House of English都
有evening classes(programme),所以答案为B。
47.The 21st Century is different from the other three schools in that_____D__.
A.its teaching quality is better
B.it is nearest to the city center
C.its courses ale more advanced
D.it requires an entrance examination
本题考细节对比。只有The 2lst century English Trmnm’g centre提到入学考试(Entrance exams),所以答案为D。
48.You will probably prefer to go to the International House because it____A_____.
A.offers free sightseeing and social activities
B.has a special course in spoken English
C.costs less than the other schools
D.has native English teachers
本题考细节对比。你可能会选读In ternationalHouse,因为该校除了具备其他学校提供的优越条件外,还提供免
费游览和 社会活动,所以答案为A。

12


49.If you take the evening programme at the International House,you will pay about______D________.
A.60 yuan B.240 yuan C.720 yuan D.1,000 yuan
本题为计算题。International House白天上课的学费 与夜晚上课的学费相同,每周60元。夜校是四个月,学费
多于720元,接近1000元,所以答案为 D。
50.If you want to take a 6-month special course in English for banking,you will probably choose
______C________.
A.Global English Centre C.Modem Language School
B.The 21 st Century English Training Centre D.The International House of English
本题考细节。在四所学校中,只有Modern Language school提供三个月或六个月的金融英语课程,所以答
案为c。
参考译文:
设 想你在一家大公司公司工作,发现英语对你的工作非常重要,因为你要经常跟外国商人打交道。
现在你正 在找一个能提高你的英语水平的地方,尤其是口语能力。
这里是报纸上一些英语培训的广告。你可以找到你需要的信息。
全球英语中心
英语四种基本技能:听、说、读、写
3个月课程(700元),6个月课程(1,200元),1年课程(2,000元)
时间为周一至周五,每天3小时,上午下午任选
有经验的大学英语老师执教
地点靠近市中心和公交站台
电话:67605272 地址:中山路105号,100082
现代英语学校
英语专业课程:商业英语、旅行英语、银行英语、酒店管理课程和办公室技能
周日和周六下午2.00-5.00 小班教学(12-16个学生)
由来自加拿大和美国本土英语老师执教
配有语音室和计算机设备
3个月课程:1,050元 6个月课程:1,850元
写信或电话至:现代英语学校,公园路675号,100056
电话:67353019
二十一世纪英语培训中心
我们擅长各种水平的英语教学
我们提供上午班和下午班,时间均为三个半月,价格为800元
我们在寒暑假开展六周的托福预备班
入学考试时间:6月1日和12月1日
离市中心只有15分钟(步行)路程
更多详情请致电67801642
英语国际学社
为各种水平的学生提供3个月和6个月的课程,价格优惠:每周12小时共60 元;时间安排合理:
上午9.00-12.00,下午2.00-5.00
另有四个月的晚上课程来提高口语技能(价格与白天课程一样)
教师训练有素,在二外英语教学方面经验丰富,有外教
免费观光和社交活动
靠近中心公园
进一步详情请致电67432308


大学英语仿真阅读理解部分
——————仿真自测1 Passage 1
Bill Cooper is portfolio(证券投资)manager of the $$13 billion Value Trust Funds.one of the best mutual funds of
the last decade.He is the only fund manager to perform the best for nine years in a row.
Cooper's interests in stocks(证券)began at the age of nine,when he noticed his father reading something in the
newspaper.It looked different from sports or TV programs.So Bill asked his father what it was.His father explained
that he was reading the financial pages.His father pointed to a column with some company's logo in it.“If you

13


owned a share of this company,”he told his young boy,“you'd have 25 cents more today than you had yesterday.”
Young Cooper asked,“You can make money without doing any work?”His father replied yes.So Bill responded,
“Well,that's what I want to do.”
With this idea,he made his way out of his secondary school and into the university.He worked very hard at his
studies of finance.When he got his first job in a bank,he found that a university degree is not a sign that one is a
finished product,but an indication a person is prepared for life.He is now making big money,yet he knows clearly
that is based on hard work.
6.In the sentence of the first paragraph,“He is the only fund manager to perform the best for nine years in a row”,
the phrase“for nine years in a row”means____________.C
A.for nine years in a line C.for nine years running
B.for nine years as if rowing a boat D.for nine years fighting and quarreling
这是考核根据上下文猜测短语的能力。从第一段上下文可以猜测“in a row”意为“连续地”。答案为C。
7.It was____A_____that Bill learned his finance ABC when he was only nine years old.
A.through his father's explanation
B.from the financial pages in the newspaper
C.from his father's reading
D.with his father's help
这是考核细节和判断。从第二段可知, 父亲对九岁的儿子简单地解释了金融证券,成为他的启蒙教育,
所以答案为A。
8.It was the idea that_____D_____that attracted the young boy.
A.if one owns a share of some company,he will have 25 cents more every day
B.if one buys a share,he will have more money
C.one can make money without working in a bank
D.one can make money through buying stocks
这是考核概括和判断能力。孩子说的“without doing any work”指的是不上班,答案为D。
9.From the passage,we know that Bill’s success lies in his__________B___________.
A.good luck C.early awareness of how to make money
B.hard work D.firm belief in making money
这是考 核概括和判断能力。第一段说明Bill很成功,第四段说明他的成功来自努力学习和工作,所以答
案为 B。
10.Bill Cooper soon learnt after his graduation that a university degree______C____________.
A.meant nothing in a bank
B.did mean that one was finished
C.only indicated that one was ready to start his career
D.indicated that one was ready to produce more
这是考核对最后一段有关内容的理解。当中谈到Bil l认识到大学学历只是生活的开始,所以答案为C。
参考译文:
比尔·库珀是一 家130亿美元价值信托基金的证券投资经理,这项基金是近十年来最好的共同基金之一。
他是唯一一位 连续九年表现最好的基金经理。
库珀从九岁开始对证券感兴趣,当时他注意到父亲阅读的报纸上的一项 内容。这个内容看上去跟体
育和电视节目不一样。所以Bill问他的父亲这是什么。他的父亲解释他正 在读的金融类的几页报纸。他
的父亲指着带有某个公司商标的栏目,告诉他年幼的儿子,“假如你拥有这 个公司的一股股票,你今天
的钱就比昨天多25分。”小库珀问,“这样,你就能不上班就可以赚钱吗? ”他的父亲回答是的。于是
Bill回答道,“哦,那正是我想要做的事情。”
带着这种想法 ,他从中学毕业进入大学。在他的金融研究领域他工作很努力。当他在一家银行得到
第一份工作,他发现 大学学位不仅是完成一项作品的标志,还象征了一个人正在为他的人生道路做准备。
现在他正在挣大钱, 然而他清楚地知道这都是勤劳所得。

Passage 2
Robert was born in a small town in England.His father has a farm and can supply him enough money to
university where he's studying law.The young man studies hard and hopes to be a famous lawyer.
Last Monday their term was over.Robert said to his father on the telephone that he was going to travel in a small
country during his summer holiday.His father agreed to his plan and posted some money to him.So he started four

14


days ago.Their plane landed on the only airport of the country safely.He took a taxi and got to a hotel in the center
of the capital.He felt hungry and tired.So he had a dinner and then a good sleep.This morning he was all right and
was going to visit some places of interest.He met an English visitor while he was having breakfast and the man told
him to be careful of thieves.
Robert thanked the man and left.But he thought he was smart(机灵的)and strong and he decided to have a try.He
brought out a piece of paper and wrote on it,“A pig has stolen my wallet(钱包)!”Then he put the note into his empty
wallet After that he put the wallet into a pocket and set off.He did all carefully and hoped to find out who would steal
it.
“Everything went well,”Robert thought to himself after he had returned to the hotel.He brought out his wallet
and put lIis money into it agaill.He had a look at the note.To his surprise,it was rewritten.It said,“Your uncle has
touched your wallet!”
1 1.Robert can study in the university because_________B___________.
A.he wants to be a lawyer C.he's smart and strong
B.his father is a rich farmer D.he keeps his wallet well
这是考核判断能力。根据文章第一段的第二 句话.可以推断出Robert之所以能够上大学学习法律是因为
他的爸爸有个农场,能够供他上学,所 以答案为B。
12.The English visitor thoughi_____A_________.
A.there were a lot of thieves in the city C.it was dangerous to travel in the eity
B.Robert could deal with tIle thieves D.Robert had to take good care of himself
这是考核判断能力。根据文章第二段的最后一句话可以得知,英国的游客警告Robe rt要当心贼,由此可
见英国游客认为这个城市有很多贼,所以答案为A。
13.Robert brought his money out of his wallet because____D___________.
A.he had to pay for the meals and room C.had to find a place to put the note
B.he wanted to buy something for his parents D.he was afraid to lose his wallet
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第二段的最后一句话和第三段可以得知 ,Robert在听了英国游客的警告之
后,想了一个自认为很聪明的办法将钱包的钱拿出来,里面放张 纸条,上面写道“猪偷了我的钱包”,来试探
是否真有人碰他的钱包。因此通过推理分析,答案应该是D 。
14.RoBert put the note in the wallet because_____B_______.
A.he wasn't afraid of the thieves C.he wanted to show he was smart
B.he hoped to make fun of the thieves D.he wondered if the thieves could read
这是考核推理 能力。根据文章第三段的内容,可以推断出Robert并不惧怕贼,相反,他还想好好地捉弄
一下小偷 ,让拿到他钱包的人不但得不到钱,反挨顿骂,所以答案应该为B。
fact___A________.
A.the thief made fun of Robert
B.Robert was smart enough
C.the thieves weren't able to steal Robert's wallet
D.Robert's uncle had rewritten the note in his wallet
这是考核推理能力。根据文章最后一段的最后一句话,可以推断H{贼不 仅拿到了Robert的钱包,而且
还得空改写了字条上的内容。由此可见Robert不但没能通过他 写的字条达到自己的目的,反而让贼占了自己
的便宜。凶此事实上Robert是让贼给捉弄了,所以答 案为A。
参考译文:
Robert出生于英格兰的一个小镇。他的父亲有个农场, 能够供他进入大学学习法律。这个年轻人学
习非常努力,他想成为一位有名的律师。
上周一他 们学期结束了。Robert在电话里告诉父亲他打算在暑假期间到一个小国家去旅行。他的父
亲同意了 他的计划,并寄给他一些钱。于是他在四天前出发。他们乘坐的飞机在这个小国家唯一的机场
上安全着陆 。他打了一辆出租车到首都市中心的一家宾馆。他感到又饿又累。于是他吃过晚饭美美的睡
了一觉。今天 早上起来他感觉很好,打算去访问一些风景名胜地。当他吃早饭的时候遇见了一位英国游
客,这位游客告 诉他要当心贼。
Robert谢过这个人,离开宾馆。但是他认为自己又机灵又强壮,决定做个尝试。 他买了一张纸,在
上面写道,“猪偷了我的钱包!”然后他把这张纸条放进他的空钱包里。他把钱包放进 了衣袋里就出发了。
他全神贯注希望发现谁会偷这个钱包。
“平安无事,”回到宾馆后,Ro bert心里盘算着。他拿出钱包把自己的钱再放进去。他看了一那张
纸条。让他惊讶的是上面已经被其 他人写上字了。上面写着,“你的叔叔已经碰过你的钱包了!”

15




——————仿真自测2 Passage 1
I had two jobs growing up and they all helped shape my life.
When I was about l2,I started caddying(当球童)at a nearby country club.All the kids in the neighberhood did
it.and I liked it a lot.I got to watch people who were generally pretty wealthy.They were busi-nessmen and
doctors.I would listen to them talking about things and see how they behaved with each other.It was like a fly on the
wall at a meeting.
The Second job was at a shoe store.I constantly met people from all walks of life and the challenge was
exciting.I'd start bringing them different kinds of shoes and get fight down there and put them on their they
didn't like a certain shoe,I always tried to be thinking ahead to a pair they might like better.It was like stepping up to
the plate in a baseball game.Every time someone walked into that store,I was going to bat and take a swing.I never
wanted to let a customer get out of that store without buying a pair of shoes to his satisfaction.
This job helped teach me an important business lesson:You have to take risks in business.If you take a risk and
fail,get up to bat and swing again.
6.The author thinks what he has learned from his first job is____________________.B
A.how to learn to like a job C how to become wealthy
B how to talk and behave properly D.how to listen to people
这是考核抓住要点的能力。文章开头第一句话总结全文要点,第一 段讲述第一个工作的收获主要谈及有
机会观察和倾听富人们的言行,所以答案为B。
7.The phrase“people from all walks of life”in the the third paragraph means people_____________.D
A.walking in different ways C.coming from different parts of the city
B.having different interests in life D.working in different occupations
这是考核根据上下文猜测短语的能力。在“from all walks of life”中的“walk”指职业,故答案为D。
8.The author thinks his second job is_____________.A
A.challenging B.important C.different D.satisfying
这是考核细节和判断。作者在第三段讲述第二个工作如何让他兴奋,认为“„the challenge is very
exciting”.可知答案为A。
9.The author compares his second job to_____________.C
A.a fly on the wall at a meeting C.joining a baseball game
B.stepping into a golf course D.taking a bat to swing
这是考核细节和判断。在第三段中作者用的比喻是“It was like stepping up to the plate in a baseball game.”答
案为c。
10.The business lesson the author gets from selling shoes is_________________.C
A.thinking ahead of the customers
B.trying every possible way to satisfy a customer
C.never be afraid of taking risks
D never let go anyone walking into the shop
这是考核概括能力。最后一段作者的话概括起来说,即为答案c。
参考译文:
我成长过程中有两份工作有助于塑造我的人生。
在我大约12岁的时间,我开始在附近乡村的 一家俱乐部当球童。街坊中所有的孩子都做这样的工作,而且
我非常喜欢这个工作。我能见到非常有钱的 人。他们都是生意人或者医生。我就像会场上墙上的一个苍蝇,有
机会听他们谈论,观察每个人的行为举 止。
第二份工作是在鞋店工作。我一直遇见来自各行各业的人,这个挑战令人兴奋。开始我给他们拿各 种款式
的鞋子,找到合适的,帮他们传到脚上。假如他们不喜欢某双鞋子,我总是尽力提前考虑到他们可 能更喜欢的
那双鞋子。这就像在棒球运动中准备击球一样。每次有人走进店铺,我都准备好球棒,并挥上 一棒。我不想让
顾客没不到自己满意的鞋子离开店铺。
我从这份工作中学会了重要的商业课程:做生意必须冒险。假如你冒险但是失败了,拿起球棒再挥一棒。


Passage 2
Paper was invented by the Chinese in the first century AD.Paper was not made in southern Europe until about the

16


year 1100.Scandinavia--which now makes a great deal of the world’s paper--did not begin to make it until
1500.Most paper is made from wood.Paper-making is an important British industry and paper from Brirain is sold
to many countries such as Australia and South Afica. Some of the wood used in the British paper making industry
comes from trees grown in Britain,but wood is also bought from other countries such as Norway.One tree is needed
for every four hundred copies of a forty-page newspaper.If half the adults in Britain buy one daily paper,this uses up
over a thousand trees a day.All over the world,trees are being cut down faster than they are being planted,SO there
may be a serious need for paper at the beginning of next century.
When we think of paper,we think of newspaper,books,letters and writing paper.But there are many other
UseS.Only half of paper is used for books and newspaper,etc.Paper is very good for keeping you warm.Each year,
more and more things ale made ofpaper.Now we hear that chairs,tables,and ever beds can be made of paper.But
the latest in paper making seems to be paper houses.
11.Where was paper invented? A
A.In China. C.In Scandinavia.
B.In southern Europe. D. In Britain.
这是考核细节。答案在文章的第一句活,可知答案是A。
12.Scandinavia began to make paper________________.C
A.in lloo C.in l500
B.in 1400 D.in the first century
这是考核细节。答案在文章的第三句话,可知答案是c。注意not„until 1500表示“直到1500年才„„”,
说明在1500年之后才开始的。
13.Every four hundred copies of a forty-page newspaper will need_________.B
A.half a tree C.two trees
B.one tree D.more than one tree
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段的中间部分,可知答案是B。
over the world,trees are being cut down ________than they are being planted.D
A.more slowly C.much more s lowly
B.much faster D. faster
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段的最后一句,可知答案是D。
15.The latest things made of paper are______________.D
A.chairs B.tables C.clothes D.houses
这是考核细节。答案在文章的最后一句,可知答案是D。
参考译文:
中国人在公元 一世纪发明了纸。直到1100年左右欧洲南部地区才制造出纸。直到1500年斯堪的纳维亚才
开始制 造纸张,现在世界纸张的大部分正由这个国家制造。大部分纸都是由木头制成。造纸业是英国重要的工
业 ,他们的纸张销售到许多国家,例如澳大利亚和南非。英国造纸使用的木头一部分来自本国,但是也从其他
国家进口,比如挪威。400份40页的报纸就需要一棵树。假如英国有一半的成人买一份日报,一天就要用光
1000棵树。从全世界来看,砍树比种树更快,所以到下个世纪初,纸张需求可能很严重。
当我们想到纸张就想到报纸、书籍、信纸、书写纸。但是纸还有很多其他的用处。只有一半的只用于书籍
和报纸,等等。纸的保温效果很好。每年,越来越多的东西都是用纸做的。现在我们听说椅子、桌子,甚至床都能用纸做成。但是最近看来还有纸房子。

———仿真自测3 Passage 1
May you wish upon a thousand stars?May you catch a million fireflies?Get started with choosing a motorhome
or a travel trailer.And then you may realize just how much you learn when you look at life through the eyes of a
traveler.
For Don and Mary,their motorhome trip experience has been priceless.About six years ago,they took their first
motorhome trip together.And the family enjoyed it SO much that soon they were making a lifestyle decision.
“The only thing we were ever really happy doing was traveling.”says Mary.“So we decided to live in the
home we love best.”
After some consideration,the couple decided to home- school their children.Now the road is their classroom,
and far from missing educational experiences,they ale citizens of the world.The family visits museums and relates
the travel to the children's studies.On the road,they meet people from many cultures and walks of life.And they are
connected too to the world.Their motorhome is complete with computer,satellite dish,TV and GPS.

17


The family consider themselves lucky and have some advice for other families.“Don't wait to spend time with
your children.Get a motorhome and take weekend trips and vacations together.You will enrich your kids’lives and
become closer as a family.”
the passage, we know for sure that Don and Mary are ______________________ .C
A.good friends C.husband and wife
B.boyfriend and girlfriend D.brother and sister
这是考核推理和判断能力。从第四段第一句话“„the couple decided to home- school their children”可知答案
为C。
7.In the third paragraph.when Mary said.“So we decided to live in the home we love best,”the home she refers
to is actually_______________________________.D
A.the school for her children road us her children's classroom
B.the museums they visit D.her motorhome
这是考核逻辑推理能力 。由上下文可知,这里指的最喜欢的家显然是“motorhome”,答案为D。
8.Which of the following sentences do you think is most suitable to describe the education their children get,taking
to the road?_______A
A.They leam a lot mole than ordinary school kids.
B.They miss educational experiences.
C.They visit museums and relate the visits to studies.
D.They meet people from many cultures and walks of life.
这是考核概括和判断能力。c、D选项在文中是举例,从第四段的“„far from missing educational
experiences'’可知,B选项是干扰项。正确答案为A。
9.At the end of the fourth paragraph,the shortened word GPS stands for ______________________________ .B
A.General PIace Situation C.Ground Play Site
B.Global Positioning System D.Guide Planet Study
这是考核通过上下文猜测词语的能力。从文中可知,这家 人以车为家,在全世界旅游。作者在第四段末
还强调他们通过各种设备与外界保持联系。且从词语构成来 说,A、C、D选项均不太讲得通。正确答案为B。
10.The family consider themselves lucky because_______________________________.A
A.their life is rich and they stay closer to each other
B.they have made a lifestyle decision
C.theft motorhome trip experience is priceless
D.all ofthe above
这是考核概括能力。由全文最后一句可知答案为A。
参考译文:
你希望有一千颗星 星吗?你能抓住百万只萤火虫吗?选择一辆机动房车或是(汽车拖动的)活动住宅,
这样你就能知道当你 一个旅游者的眼光来看待生活的话,你能学到很多。
对于Don和Mary,他们的房车旅行经历是无 价的。6年前他们一起开始了第一次旅行。这家人如此的
享受以至于他们马上做出了关于以后生活方式的 决定。
“我们唯一真正开心做的事就是旅行”Mary说, “所以我们决定住在最喜欢的房子里”。
经过考虑,这对夫妇决定在家教育他们的孩子,现在公路就成了孩子们的教室,他们不但没有失去受教< br>育的经历,反而成了世界公民。这家人参观了博物馆,把他们的旅行和孩子们的学习结合在一起,在行程< br>中,他们遇到了很多不同文化和不同身份职业的人。同时他们也与世界保持着联系,他们的房车里装有电< br>脑、卫星接收器,电视和全球定位系统。
这个家庭认为他们自己很幸运而且他们对其他的家庭有一些建议, “不要等着和你的孩子们在一起,买 一
辆房车,和他们一起在外面度周末或度假,这样能丰富孩子们的生活,一家人也会变得更亲近.”


Passage 2
Deur Folks,
I've been here for about three weeks and already I have so much to tell you.New York is nothing like I
thought.Compared to Lanzhou,the buildings are much taller,and the streets are less crowded.There aren't as many
people downtown because most people live in the suburbs.I haven't seen anything yet.I guess it will take a lot more
time than just a few weeks.
As you know.I'm living in the dormitory.It isn't as luxurious as a hotel,but it's less costly than a room

18


anywhere else.My roommate comes from Egypt,but she doesn't speak English as well as I do.I think she's worried
about that.
My first week of classes was not as easy as I had expected.The campus is so big that it was difficult to find the
right building sometimes.But my professors seem to be OK,except they gave us a lot of work to do.I hope I can
keep up.America doesn't have the same kind of system as China,so it will take me time to catch on.
Well, no matter how much I like it here,I really miss home.The food doesn't taste all that good,and of course,
I miss you and my room and all my friends.I don't know if I can have the same type of friends as I did back
home.Students in America seem less interested in their studies than my Chinese friends back in Lanzbou,and I think
they like to have more fun.I'11 wait and see.But I do love you all and think of you all the time. Sometimes I even
want to go home.But I know I must follow my route to finish my education.
Please take care of yourselves and write to me soon.
Love
Yichen
11.According to Yichen,New York________________________D
A.is just so big C. is full of buildings
B.has less people D.looks very different from what she expected
这是考核概括能力。由第一段第二句可知答案为D。
12.Yichen lives in a dormitory,because________________________.A
A.it is the cheapest C.she can share it with someone
B.it is luxurious D.she can live on the campus
这是考核细节和判断。第二段第二句话明显提示答案为A。
13. The most difficult thing at the moment for Yichen in her learning is____________.C
A.to find the right classroom building
B.not being able to speak good English
C.to keep up in a different learning environment
D.to do a lot of homework
这是考核概括能力。第三段谈学校,最后部分暗示两国教育体制不同等情况,故答案应为c。
14.Yichen seems to be ________________________friends with American students.B
A.confident in making C.unwilling to make
B.less confident in making D.happy to make
这是考核判断能力。第四段谈美国学生,并说“I don’t know if I can have the same type of friends as I did back
home.”可知正确选项为B。
15.On her arrival in New York,Yichen compares things and people with those in __ .D
A.Egypt B.America C.school D.Lanzhou
这是考核概括能力。第一段就开宗明义,将纽约与兰州进行对比,所以答案是D。
参考译文:
亲爱的Folks,
我来这里已经有三周了,我有很多事情想告诉你.纽约和我想的一点都不 一样.和兰州相比,这边的建
筑物要高很多,街道也没那么拥挤. 在闹市区没有很多人,因为很多人都住在郊区,我还什么都没见到,我
猜还要花更长的时间.
你知道,我现在住在宿舍,它没有旅馆那么豪华,但是比任何地方的房子都便宜.我的室友来自埃及,她
的英语没我讲的好,我想她对这一点很担忧.
第一个星期的课没有我希望的那样简单.校园如此大以至 于有时候很难找到正确的教学楼.但是我的
教授还可以,希望他能多给我们一些事情做.我希望我能跟上 进度.美国和中国的一些制度不相同,所以可
能要花费我一些时间去了解.
不管我多喜欢这里,我还是想家.这里的食物味道不是很好,当然,我想你 想家还有我所有的朋友,我
不知道我能不能交到像在国内一样的朋友,美国学生的和兰州的中国学生的学习兴趣要小.我想他们更喜
欢玩,我会等着看的, 但是我真的爱你们所有的人,而且 一直在想你们.有时候我真的想回家,但是我知道
我必须沿着轨道来完成我的学业.
你自己要保重,记得马上给我回信!
爱你的
Yichen


19


——仿真自测4 Passage 1
Cynthia Woolly is called the Michael Jordan of women's basketball.With the help and support of her mother,she
made her way out of a Los Angeles ghetto(贫民窟) and into the world of women's basketball.She is now a member
of the Women's National Basketball Association She led her basketball team of the city to three championships in a
row.Woolly says she has learned many lessons from her mother.One was that you“step up” when your family
needs you.As a result,today,she takes care of five children of her brother's and sister's,ranging in age from six to
twenty.They now live in a better neighborhood and go to good schools“I'm not providing these children with
money.a nice house and good schools so that the5,will not have to know hardships in life and will make no efforts to
make their life better I am doing it so that they don't have to start at a disadvantage.My mother started out at
zero.With determination,she raised our family up.This is about me providing the next generation of my family with
a better opportunity.This is about me “stepping up.”Woolly says.She believes that she is doing the right thing for
the children.To her great happiness,all the children are doing very well at school.
6.From the first Sentence of this passage.we know that Cynthia Woolly is___D______in America
A.Michael Jordan,the world’famous basketball player
B.a basketball champion player
C.an ordinary woman who plays basketball well
D.the best professional woman basketball player
这是考核背景知识。Cynthia Woolly被称作女篮中的迈克尔·乔丹,可知答案为D。
7.Cynthia Woolly is now_________A___________.
A.the team leader of a basketball team
B.the mother of five children
C.playing for the Women's National Basketball Association
D.having a better opportunity to start again
这是考核细节和判断。她带领市队连续三年夺冠,可知答案为A。
8.From the passage,we can come to the conclusion that Cynthia Woolly must have started her
life_________________.A
A.at a disadvantage C.with determination
B.at the age of six D.with good luck
这是考核推理和概括能力。她说不愿意让下一代初始即不利,由此可判断答案为A。
9.Which of the following statements is not true of Cynthia Woolly? C
A.She was raised up by her mother in a poor neighborhood in Los Angeles.
B.Her mother was determined to bring her children out of poverty.
C.She doesn’t want the younger generation of her family to know the hardships in life.
D.Following her mother’s teaching to“step up”,she helps and supports her family.
这是考核对双重否定的正确理解。“I’m not providing these children with money.a nice house and good schools
so that they will not have to know hardships in life and will make no efforts to make their life better.”双重否定表示
肯定,这句话的意思是说,我给这些孩子提供„„就是为了让 他们能够了解生活的艰辛,并不遗余力地改善
他们的生活,所以答案为c。
10.The right thing that Cynthia Woolly believes she is doing for the younger generation of her family
is______B__________according to the passage.
A.giving them a lot of money
B.providing them with a better opportunity to start with
C.providing them with a nice house to live in in a better neighborhood
D.making them go to good schools
这是考核概括能力。cynthia Woolly的话里提示答案为B。
参考译文:
Cynthia Woolly被称作女篮中的迈克尔.乔丹。在母亲的帮助和支持下,她脱离了洛杉矶 的贫民窟,进入女
篮界。她现在是美国女子职业篮球联盟的成员。她带领市队连续三年夺冠。Wooll y说她从母亲那儿学到很多
道理。一个就是当家庭需要你的时候你要站出来。结果,现在她在照顾着她的 兄弟姐妹的五个孩子,年龄从
六岁到二十岁。他们现在住在好一点的街区和好的学校。“我给这些孩子提 供钱、漂亮的房子和好学校就是为
了让他们能够了解生活的艰辛,并不遗余力地改善他们的生活。我这样 做是不愿意让他们初始即不利。我的
母亲白手起家。她坚定地支撑我们这个家。这就是我要给家族下一代 提供好一点的平台。我就是这样站出来

20


的。”Woolly说 。她相信她这就是她该为孩子们做的事情。让她感到高兴的是所有的孩子在学校做得都非常
好。

Passage 2
I was 15 when I walked into McCarley Bookstore and began to look over the titles of the books on the
shelves.The man behind the counter,the owner of the bookstore,asked me if I would like ajob.I needed to start
saving for college.so I said yes.
I worked after school and during summers for minimum wages and the job helped pay for my freshman year of
college.I worked at many other jobs afterwards:I made coffee in the student union during college.I made maps for
the U.S Forest Service.But selling books was one of the most satisfying.
One day a woman asked me for books on cancer.She seemed fearful.I showed her everything we had and
found other books we could order.She left the shop less worried and I’ve always remembered the pride I felt in
having helped her.
Years later,as a television reporter,I heard about a poor child who was born with his fingers of the left hand
linked together.His family could not afford the corrective surgery,and the boy lived in shame,hiding his left hand
in his pocket.
I persuaded my boss to let me do the story on TV.After my story was broadcast.a doctor and a nurse called,
offering to perform the surgery for free.
I visited the boy in the recovery room after the operation.The first thing he did was to hold up his repaired hand
and say,“Thank you.”I was overjoyed and filled with a strong sense of reward.
At McCarley Bookstore,I always felt I was working for the customers,not just for the store.Today it's the
same.NBC news pays me the salary.But I feel that I work for the viewers.helping them make sense of the
world.My working experience in McCarley Bookstore helped me find a good sense of the world,and most
importantly,it helped me find a good sense of myself.
11.How did the author get the job in McCarley Bookstore? A
A.He happened to walk into the shop and got it by chance.
B.He had always wanted to have a job in that bookstore and he succeeded.
C.He liked reading books,so tried to get a job there.
D.He did not go to school,so he looked for a job when he was l5.
这是考核对第一段内容的正确理解。第一段作 者回忆15岁时逛书店偶然得到工作机会的这段经历,所以
答案为A。
ing to the author,selling books was one of the most satisfying job experiences,because
____________________.B
A.he only had to work after school and got good wages
B.it helped him understand the world and himself
C.it helped him pay for his freshman year of college
D.he did not feel that he was working for the store
这是考核判断能力。从文章最后的话可判断,所以答案为B。
13.After he helped the fearful lady looking for books on cancer,the author was___________.D
A.worried about her C.unable to forget her
B less worried about her of himself
这是考核第三段的一个细节。从“pride”一词可知答案应为D。
14.The author decided to help the poor boy by________________.B
A.persuading his boss to do the story on TV
B.persuading his boss to let him do the story on TV
C.asking a doctor to perform the operation for free
D.visiting the boy in the recovery room after the operation
这是考核第五段的一个细节。要注意A、B选项中的意思差异,所以答案为B。
15.The main reason that the author thinks his present job is the same as the one in the bookstore is
_______________________.C
A.it gives him salary C. it helps people make sense of the world
B.it makes him feel excited D.it enables him to Work
这是考核作者的观点。最后一段有明确提示.

21


参考译文:
我是15岁的时候走进McCarley书店浏览书架上的书籍的 名字的。书店的老板在柜台后面问我是否喜欢
这个工作。我需要为上大学攒学费,所以我说是。
我课后打工,在每个夏天挣微薄的工资,这个工作帮我支付了我大学一年级的学费。之后我做过许多其
他的工作:我在学校为学生会做咖啡,为美国林业局做地图。但是卖书是我最满意的工作之一。
一天有 个妇女问我关于癌症的书籍。她看上去很担忧。我向她介绍了我们有的相关资料并找出订购的其
他书籍。 她离开书店的时候不再那么担心了,我一直都记得帮助她的那份自豪感。
几年后,我成为一名电视记者 ,听说一个可怜的孩子出生时左手手指粘在一块了。他家里负担不了矫正
手术费用,这个男孩生活在羞愧 中,把手藏在口袋里。
我劝说老板让我把他的故事在电视上播出。故事报道以后,一个医生和一个护士 打电话来,免费提供手
术。
手术后我去康复室探望这个男孩。他做的第一件事就是举起矫正后 的手说,“谢谢你。”我万分高兴,内
心充满了强烈的回报感。
在McCarley书店,我 总是感到我为顾客工作,而不是为书店工作。今天也是一样的。NBC(美国全国广播
公司)付给我薪水 。但我感到我是为观众工作,帮助他们体会到社会的温暖。我在McCarley书店工作经历让
我找到 了对社会的感情,更重要的是这也帮我找到了自己存在的价值。

————仿真自测5 Passage 1
Lillian Hanson,a college student,expects to graduate in about two years.What makes Mrs Hanson different
from her classmates is her age-73 years.She has been studying at college,a few courses at a time,for 27 years.
When Lillian Hanson graduated from high went to the bank to borrow money for further
education.The banker gave her no encouragement.He didn’t think that a country girl should borrow money to go
to college.He thought she should be at home doing work in the house or around the farm,So Lillian Hanson went
home and raised a family of nine children instead of going to college.Mrs Hanson never forgot her dream of getting
a higher education.When her children were grown-up.she tried again.
She finds the hardest part of going back to school at her age is to sit in class for long periods of time.Because she is
not as quick as shc used to be,Mrs Hanson often gets up and walks around classes to keep from getting stiff(不灵
活).At the beginning of a course in using the computer,the other students all stood up to give her a warm welcome
when she introduced herself and explained why she was there and what her aims were.
Hanson couldn't go to college immediately after she graduated from high school
because___________________________.A
A.she hadn’t got enough money
B.she was a countfy girl
C the banker ordered her not to borrow any money
D the banker thought she should raise a family of nine children
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章第二段第一、二句:为了能继续受教育,她去银行借 钱,银行没有给她
鼓励(即:银行没有借钱给她)。由此可见她因为缺钱不能继续受教育,故答案为A。
7.Mrs Hanson wanted to borrow money from the bank___________________________.C
A. to support her family C. to further her cducation at college
B.because she was 73 years old D. as she was much older than her classmates
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句,可知答案为C。
8.In the college,what makes Mrs Hanson different from her classmates is________________.C
A. the fact that she is poor C. that she is 73 years old
B.that she has a family of nine children D. that she is quick in learning
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第二句,可知答案为c。
9.The computer students welcomed Mrs Hanson warmly because___________________________.D
A.she had got all excellent result in the exam C.they wanted to get her help in their studies
B. she was good at telling funny stories D.they were deeply moved by her spirit
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章 第三段最后一句。最后一句的意思为:当她解释她为什么在这里,她在
这里的目的是什么时,其他所有学 生都站起来,热烈地欢迎她。显然:大家为她的求学精神所感动,故答案

22


为D。
10.Mrs Hanson is the sort of person who___________________________.A
A.cares for study very much C. never misses a chance to talk
B. likes to borrow money from the bank D.tries to save money for her family
这是考核推理能力。Mrs Hanson从高中毕业后,就没有放弃过进入大学的梦想,去银行借钱只是她的手
段,故答案为A。
参考译文:
大学生丽丽安·汉森希望在两年之内毕业。不同于她的同学,汉森夫人已经73岁 高龄了。她已经
在大学里学习了27年,一段时期学习一点课程。
当丽丽安高中毕业时,她 就去银行为自己将来的学业贷款。银行工作人员没有给她任何鼓励。他觉
得一个乡下女孩不应该借钱去上 大学。他认为那姑娘应该呆在家里做家务或下地忙农活。因此,小丽丽
安回到家担负起有九个孩子的大家 庭,而没有去上大学。汉森夫人从来都没有忘记接受高等教育的梦。
当她的孩子长大成人,她再一次做出 尝试。
她发现回到学校最难的事莫过于如此高龄的她要在课堂上一坐就是很久。这是因为她的手脚已 经不
像从前那样灵活,为了不让身体变得僵硬,她常常得站起来在教室间来回走走。
再一次 刚开学的一次电脑课上,当她自我介绍以及向大家解释她这样做的原因和目的时,所有的同学都
站起来热 情的欢迎她。

Passage 2
The greatest recent social changes have been in the lives of women.During the twentieth century there
has been a remarkable shortening of the time of a woman's life spent in caring for children.A woman marrying at the
end of the nineteenth century would probably have been in her middle twenties,and would be likely to have seven or
eight children,of whom four or five lived till they were five years old.By the time the youngest was fifteen,the
mother would have been in her early fifties and would expect to live a further twenty years, during which health
made it unusual for her to get paid work.Today women marry younger and have fewer children.Usually a woman's
youngest child will be fifteen when she is forty—five and can be expected to live another thirty—five years and is
likely to take paid work until retirement(退休)at sixty. Even while she has the care of children,her work is lightened
by modem living conditions.
This important change in women's life pattern has only recently begun to have its full effect on women's
economic position.Even a few years ago most girls left schools at the first chance,and most of them took a full time
job.However,when they married,they usually left work at once and never returned to it Today the school leaving
age is sixteen.Many girls stay at school after that age,and though women usually marry younger,more married
women stay at least until shortly before their first child is born. Very many more afterwards return to full or part-time
work.Such changes have led to a new relationship in marriage,with the husband accepting a greater share of the
duties and satisfactions of family life,and with both the husband and wife sharing more equally in providing the
money,and running the home,according to the abilities and interests of each of them.
11.According to the passage,around the year 1900 most women married_________________.A
A.at about twenty-five
B.in their early fifties
C.as soon as possible after they were fifteen
D.at any age from fifteen to forty-five、
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第三句。文中的in her。middle twenti‘es相当于答案中的25岁,可
知答案为A。
12.We are told that in all ordinary family about 1900_________________.A
A.many children died before they were five
B.seveil or eight children lived to be more than five
C.the youngest child would be fifteen
D.four of five girls died when they were five
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第三句“„of whom four 0r five lived till they were five years old.”(他
们当中有四五个活到5岁。)所以答案为A。
13.When she was over fifty,the late nineteenth-century mother_________________.D

23


A.would be healthy enough to take up paid jobs
B.was usually expected to die fairly soon
C.would expect to work until she died
D.was unlikely to find a job even if she wanted one
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章第一段第四句“„health made n unusual f研her t0 get paid work.”(健康
状况使得她很难找到一份有薪水的工作),可知答案为D。
14.According to the passage,the women of today usually_________________.B
A.marry instead of getting paid work C.have more children under fifteen
B.marry before they are twenty-five D. have too few children
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章第一段第五句,“Today women malty younger„”,可知答案为B。
15.Which of the following statements is not true? C
A.Even a few years ago the girls would leave work at once when they married.
B.Today the school-leaving age is sixteen.
C.Today more married women leave work long before their first child is born.
D.Very many more women today return to full or part-time work after their first child is born.
这是考核细节和判断。由第二段可知答案为C。
参考译文:
最近最大的社会变化发 生在女人生活中。在二十世纪,女人照顾孩子的时间明显缩短了。一个在十九
世纪末结婚的女人可能有二 十五岁了,有七或八个孩子,其中四到五个孩子只活到五岁。到最小的孩子十
五岁的时候,母亲已经五十 出头了,可能再活二十年,在这二十年里健康状况使得她很难找到一份有薪水
的工作。今天女人结婚更早 ,孩子更少。通常一个女人最小的孩子是十五岁,她只有四十五岁,还能再活
二十五年,可以拿薪水工作 到六十岁再退休。由于现代生活条件改善,在她照顾孩子期间,也可以做轻松
一点的工作。
最 近,女人生活方式的重要改变开始全面影响女人的经济地位。早在几年前,大多数女孩一有机会就
离开学 校,其中大部分人都会找一份全职工作。然而,她们结婚时通常立即辞职不再工作。现在学校毕业
的年龄 是十六岁。许多女孩十六岁之后还继续求学,尽管女人结婚年龄更早,但是更多的已婚妇女在快生
孩子前 仍然继续上班。更多人生完孩子后还继续做全职或兼职工作。这种变化导致了新的婚姻关系,由于
夫妻双 方更平等地挣钱养家,丈夫们正分担更多的家庭责任,分享更多的家庭乐事,大家根据自己的能力
和兴趣 照顾好一个家庭。


—仿真自测6 Passage 1
“But I just paid $$1.69 for this bottle of wine last week How come the priceis now $$2.25? What's going on?”
There are at least three things on that have caused the price of wine to rise.All have to do with the supply and
demand factors of economics.
The first factor is that people are drinking more wine than ever before.This demand for more wine has increased
overall wine sales in America at the rate of 15 percent a year.
The second factor is that the supply of wine has stayed relatively the same.which means that the samenumber of
bottles is produced each year Wine producers are trying to open up new land to grow more grapes(葡萄).But in at
least three wine producing areas of the world-France,Germany.and California-new vineyards(葡萄园)will not be
available in the near future.Wines are produced in other countries,such as Italy.Spain and Australia.but none of
these countries will be able to fill the demand for good wines.
The third factor is that costs of wine production are increasing.The men who make wine are asking for more
money,and the machinery needed to press the grapes is becoming more expensive.
When the demand for something is greater than the supply,prices go up.When production costs,meaning the
price of labor and machinery,rise,the producer adds this increase to the price of the wine.
6.From the first paragraph,we know that the speaker is___________________________.D
A.asking about the price C.bargaining over the price
B.worrying about the price D.complaining about the price
这是考核推理能力。“How come the Drice is now $$2.257”(怎么现在就变成了$$2.257)可见,说话者是在埋
怨价格涨得太快,故答案为D。

24


7.The three factors mentioned in the passage cause___________________________.B
A.the sales of wine to increase C.the production of wine to decrease
B.the price of wine to go up D.more and more people to drink wine
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句,可知答案为B。
8.The supply of wine has remained the same partly because___________________________.D
A.wine producing countries are unwilling to increase their production
B.new vineyards will not be opened up in such countries as Australia
C.countries like Italy and Spain can't supply enough good wines
D.the production of wine has ceased to increase
这是考核细节。答案在文章第四段第一句。“„the same number of bottles is produced”提示答案为D。
9.What does“production costs”refer to in the last paragraph?___________________________.D
A.The price of grapes and machines C.The price of wine and wine bottles.
B.The cost of land and transportation.D.The cost of manpower and equipment.
这是考核细节。答案在文章最后一段第二句。从“„when production costs.meaning the price of labor and
machinery,rise.”可以看出.Production costs是指the costs of labor(相当于manpower) 和machinery(相当于
equipment),故答案为D。
author's purpose of writing this passage is to___________________________.C
A.persuade people to drink less wine
B tell people where to get the best wine
C.explain why the price of wine is rising
D.show that wine is popular with Americans
这是考核主旨。文章通篇都在解释红酒价格上涨的因素,故答案为c。
参考译文:
“上星期这瓶酒只要花1.69美元,现在怎么要2.25美元了呢?这是怎么回事?”
至少有三个原因导致了酒价的上涨。都与经济的供求有关。
第一个原因是人们比以往任何时候 喝的酒都多。这种对酒的大量需求使美国的酒的总体销售每年以15%
的速度上涨。
第二个原 因是,酒的供应相对稳定,也就是说,每年生产的酒的数量是一样的。酒的生产商正在想办法
开辟新的土 地来种更多的葡萄。但是至少在法国,德国和加里佛尼亚这三个葡萄酒生产基地,新的葡萄园在
最近是不 可能形成的。其他国家也生产葡萄酒,如意大利,西班牙和澳大利亚,但是这些地方都不能满足对
优质葡 萄酒的需求。
第三个原因是生产葡萄酒的成本在增加。生产葡萄酒的工人要求加薪,用来压榨葡萄的机器越来越贵。
当某件东西供不应求了,价格就会上涨。当产品的成本,比如劳动力和机器的价格上涨,生产商就会把< br>增加的价格加到酒的价格上去。


Passage 2
10th August,2004
Dear Sirs,
Headquartered in Chicago,Illinois,PMC Company is a major producer of technically advanced machinery and
chemicals for industry and agriculture.
With a history dating back to 1884,PMC has grown to become one of the 100 largest industrial companies in the
United States.with 2000's sales in excess(超过)of $$2 billion.All over the world,PMC has about 41.600 employees
at 129 factories in 32 states,such as New York State,North Carolina,Pennsylvania,Virginia,etc.and 15 foreign
countries.
We believe PMC to be one of the leaders of the packaging industry both in the U.S. and abroad.Through our own
research,development and engineering efforts,we believe we are able to exchange views on and discuss the latest
technical aspects of the industry.
PMC’s packaging expertise(专长)is mainly in the following areas:
—Packaging and paper box making machinery
— Wrapping machines for varying uses

25


Faithfully yours,
General Manager
PMC Co.Ltd.
11.The company wants to sell___________________________. D
A.jndustrial products C .technical services
B.agricultural products ery and chemicals
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第一句.可知答案为D。
12. Where is the Head Office of the company?___________________________.C
A.In New York State. C.In Chicago.Illinois.
B.In North Carolina. D.In Pennsylvania
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第一句。“Headquartered in Chicago,Illinois„”意为“总部设在伊利
诺斯州的芝加哥”,可知答案为C。
13.When did the company's annual sales exceed $$2 billion? B
A In the year of 1884. C.In the year of 2004.
B.In the year of 2000.D.In the year of 2002.
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句。文中的“in excess of $$2 billion”相当于答案中的“exceed $$2
billion”,可知答案为B。
14.The company thinks___________________________.C
A.it is one of the 15 largest companies in the world
B.it develops its relationship with China only for its own benefit
C.it plays a leading role in the world's packaging industry
D.it should open some new companies abroad
这是考核细节。答案在文章第3段第句。文中的“„be one of the leaders of the packaging industry both in the
U.S.and abroad”相当于答案中的“play a leading role in the world’s packaging industry”,可知答案为C。
15.The letter is written to___________________________.A
A.its customers in the States and abroad
B.its headquarters
C.its customers abroad
D its employees in the 32 states and 15 foreign countries
这是考核推理能力。这是一封介绍PMC company的信,或者是广告信函,根据四个选项推断,应该是写
给国内外客户的,所以答案为A。
参考译文:
2004年8月10日
亲爱的先生,
总部在伊利诺斯州芝加哥的PMC公司是为工农业生产高科技机器和化学制品的生产商。
PM C创始与1884年,已经成为了美国的百强工业之一。2000年销售额超过了20亿美元。在全世界范围内,PMC在纽约州,北卡罗莱纳州,宾夕法尼亚州,维吉尼亚州等32个州和15个国家拥有129个工厂 和41600
个员工。
我们认为PMC是美国国内和国外包装业中的领头人之一。经过我们的 研究,发展和设计上的努力,我们
相信我们能够对工业中最新的技术领域进行交流和研讨。
PMC的包装专长主要在以下领域:
―包装和纸箱制作机械
―多功能的包装机器
你真诚的,
总经理
PMC有限公司

——仿真自测7 Passage 1
In the United States,30 percent of the grown-up population has a“weight problem”.To many people,the cause
is clear:we eat too much.But scientific experiments do little to support this idea.Going back to the America of

26


1910,we find that people were thinner than today,yet they ate more food.In those days people worked harder
physically,walked more,used machines much less,and didn't watch television.
Several modern studies,besides,have shown that fatter people do not eat more on average than thinner people.In
fact,some research work,such as the 1979 study of 3,545 London office workers,reports that fat people eat less than
thinner people on average.Studies show that thin people are more active than fat people.A study by the research
group at Standford University School of Medicine found the following fact:the more the man ran.the greater body
fat he lost.The more he ran,the greater was his need for food.Thus,those who ran the most ate the most,yet lost
the greatest amount of body fat.
6.What kind of physical problem do many grown-up Americans have? ________C___________ .
A .They are too thin. C.They are too fat.
R. They work too hard. D. They lose too much body fat.
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第一段的前两句话中的关键词“weight problem”和“eat too much”可以推断,
美国成年人身体上面临的问题是太胖了,因此答案为C。
7.Based on the information given in this article,suppose there are 500 grown-up Americans,about how many of
them have a weight problem?_____________D________________.
A.30 B.50 C.100 D.150.
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第一段第一句话中的“30 percent”推断,所以答案应为D。
8.Are there scientific facts to support that eating too much is the cause of the“weight problem”?_____C____.
A.Yes,there are plenty of them.
B.Of course.there are facts to show this is true.
C.There are hardly any scientific facts to support this.
D.We don’t know because the information is not given.
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第一段中的“But scientific:experiments do little to support this idea” 及后面
的论据判断,所以答案应为C。
9.Compared with the grown-up Americans today,the Americans of 1910__A______.
A.ate more food and had more physical activities
B.ate 1ess food but had more activities
C.ate less food and had less physical activities
D.had more weight problems
这是考核细节。从文章第一段后半部分可知,所以答案为A。
10.What have some modem medical and scientific researchers reported to us?_____A______.
A.Fat people eat less food and are less active.
B.Fat people eat more food and are more active.
C.Fat people eat more food but are less active.
D.Thin people run less but eat more food.
这是考核细节和判断。根据文章最后一段中的“„fat people eat less than thinner people on average”和“„thin
people are more active than fat people”判断,所以答案应为A。
参考译文:
美国30%的成人都有体重问题。大多数人认为造成这一现象的原因很明显:我们吃得太多 了。但这一
观点却没有足够的科学证据来支撑。回顾一下1910年的美国,我们发现当时的人普遍比现 在的人瘦,吃的
比现在的人多。同时他们体力劳动更辛苦,走的路更多,使用的机器少,也不看电视。
现在许多研究也表明,从整体上来看胖人比瘦人吃得要少。事实上,一些调查工作报道胖人通常比瘦人< br>吃得少,而1979年对伦敦3,545个办公室人员的调查也恰恰证实了这一观点。研究同时也表明瘦人 比胖人
运动量更大。美国斯坦福大学医学院的研人员发现了下列的事实:运动量越大的人,消耗得体内脂 肪越多。
运动量越大的人,饭量越大。因此,运动量最多的人吃得也最多,但同时消耗得体内脂肪也最多 。


Passage 2
After her husband had gone to work,Mrs Richards sent her children to school and went upstairs to her
bedroom.She was too excited to do any housework that morning.
In the evening she would go to a fancy dress party with her husband.She wanted to dress up as a ghost and as
she had made her costume the night before,she was impatient to try it on.Though the costume consisted only of a

27


sheet,it was really splendid.After putting it on,she went downstairs to find out whether it would be comfortable to
wear.
Just as Mrs Richards was entering the dining- room,there was a knock on the front door.She knew it must be the
baker. She had told him to come straight in if ever she failed to open the door and to leave the bread on the table.Not
wanting to frighten the poor man,she quickly hid in the small store-room under the stair.She heard the front door
opened and heavy footsteps in the hall.Suddenly the door of the store-room was opened and in came a man.Mrs
Richards realized it must be the man from the Electricity Board who had come to read the meter.She tried to explain
the situation.saying“it's only me.”But it was too late,the man let out a cry and jumped back several paces.When
Mrs Richards walked towards him,he fled,closing the door heavily behind him.
11.The reason for Mrs Richards's excitement that day was that_____B_______.
A.she had sent her children to school
B.she was to attend an evening party
C.she wouldn't do any housework that morning
D.she had made a special costume the night before
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句,所以答案为B。
12.Mrs Richards went downstairs with the costume on so as to______A_________.
A.make sure that the costume fitted her well
B.frighten the person who was knocking on the door
C find out if she had finished the costume
D.receive the bread and do some cooking
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段最后一句。文中“„find out w[tether it would be comfortable to weal”
相当于答案中的make sn/e that the costume fitted her well。所以答案为A。
13.The man who was knocking at the door was_________D___________.
A.a baker B.a thief C.her husband D.an electricity man
这是考核细节。答案在文章第三段后半部分。所以答案为D。
14. What did the man do after he knocked on the front door? C
A.He entered just as Mrs Richards had told him to.
B.He did not do anything as Mrs Ricbards had expected him to.
C.He stepped directly towards the store-room.
D.He went straight in so as to find Mrs Richards.
这是考核推理能力,答案在文章第三段。“Suddenly the door of me store—room Was opened and in came a
mall”,从后面一句可知,a man就是the electricity man。suddenly 说明他开门后就径直走进store-room,故答
案为c。
15.The man____A_________and that made him cry out and run away.
A.thought he must have met a ghost
B.recognized Mrs Richards
C.found out Mrs Richards was walking towards him
D.thought that Mrs Richards must have recognized him
这是考核推理能力。从文中可知,the mall看见dress up like a ghost的Mrs Richards时,吓得往后跳,当
时Mrs Richards:没有来得及给他解释,所以可以推定他以为自己碰到鬼了,故答案为A。
参考译文:
理查兹夫人等丈夫上班走后,把孩子送去上学,然后来到楼上自己的卧室。那天上 午,她兴奋得什么家
务活都不想做,因为晚上她要同丈夫一起去参加一个化装舞会。她打算装扮成鬼的模 样。头天晚上她已把化
装服做好,这时她急于想试试。尽管化装服仅由一个被单制成,却十分逼真。理查 兹夫人穿上化装服后下了
楼,想看看穿起来是否舒服。
理查兹夫人刚刚走进餐厅,前门就传来 敲门声。她知道来人一定是面包师。她曾告诉过面包师,如果她
不去开门,他可直接进门,把面包放在厨 房的桌上。理查兹夫人不想吓唬这个可怜的人,便赶紧躲到了楼梯
下的小储藏室里。她昕见前门被打开, 走廊里响起了重重的脚步声。突然贮藏室门开了,一个男人走了进来。
理查兹夫人这才想到一定是供电局 来人查电表了。她说了声“是我,别怕!”然后想进行一番解释,但已来不
及了。那人大叫了一声,惊退 了几步。理查兹夫人朝他走去,只见他“砰”的一声关上门逃走了。


28


————仿真自测8 Passage 1
Telecommuting(远程办公)
It's 8.30,time for John to start work. So he turns on his radio.Then he eats breakfast.As he eats,he reads his
e-mail and reviews his to-do list.Then he sits on the sofa and thinks about an article he needs to write...Wait a minute!
Radio? Breakfast? Sofa? What kind of workplace is this? Well,actually it is John's house,and he is a telecommuter
—he works at home,communicating with the workplace through the Internet.
Like John,millions of people—and their employers—are finding that telecommuting is a great way to work
Telecommuters can follow their own schedules.They work in the comfort of their homes,where they can also look
after young children or elderly parents.They save time and money by not traveling to work .Their employers save,
too,because they need less office space and furniture. Studies show that telecommuters change jobs less often.This
saves employers even more money.Telecommuting helps society,too,by reducing pollution and traffic problems.
Jobs that are suited to telecommuting include writing,design work,computer programming and accounting(会
计).If a job involves working with information,a telecommuter can probably do it.
6.From the passage we know that John does his job______________.D
A.by telephone C.away from home
B.in his office D. through the Internet
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段的最后一句,所以答案为D。
7. Which of the following is mentioned as one of the advantages of telecommuting?______________.B
A.One can get along well with co-workers
B.One can work on one's own schedule.
C.One can work for several employers.
D.One can enjoy a lot of traveling.
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第二句,所以答案为B。
8. The passage tells us that telecommnters change jobs less often and so______________.C
A.they can get more work experience
B.they will have a longer paid holiday
C.their employers can save more money
D.their employers will give them a higher pay
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段末,所以答案为c。
9.The phrase“suited to”in the third paragraph means______________.C
A.acceptable for B.difficult for C.fit for D. bad for
这是考核猜测短语。“suited to'’为固定搭配,意为“适合”,所以答案为c。
10.The passage is mainly about______________.A
A.a new way to work C.various workplaces
B. John's working day Internet的 这是考核中心思想。这篇短文描述了一种新 的工作方式,
即远程办公的方式来改变以往传统办公方式,故答案为A。
参考译文:
远程办公
现在是8.30,约翰开始工作的时间。所以他打开收音机,然后吃早餐。在他吃早 餐的时候,他一边浏览
着他的E-mail和日程安排。然后他坐在沙发上思考着一篇他要写的文章„„ 这是怎么样的一个时间啊!收音
机?早饭?沙发?这是怎么样一个工作地方啊?很好,事实上这是约翰的 家,他是一个远程办公者—他在家
办公,通过因特网与他的公司联系。
成千上万的人像约翰和 他的雇主一样,发现远程办公是一个好的工作方式。远程办公人员可以自己制定
他们的时间表。他们在自 己家里舒适的地方工作,可以同时照顾老人和小孩。不用坐车上班,他们还可以节
省一笔钱,他们的雇主 也节省了,因为他们不需要太多的办公室和办公家具。研究表明远程办公者换工作的
几率较小。这更节省 了雇主的费用。远程办公还在减少污染和交通问题上对社会产生了帮助。
适合远程办公的工作包括写作 、设计、计算机程序和会计。如果一个工作与信息有关,那么可以由远程
办公者来做。

Passage 2
People travel a lot with Heaven Air because they know they will get what they want They want to go quickly

29


and safely across the land,across the sea or right across the world,and they know Heaven Air will take them where
they want to go whenever they want to go. Heaven Air flies all the newest and fastest planes to more towns and cities
of the world than any other airlines.
Do you want to go to Paris,Washington,Tokyo? Heaven Air will take you there,at all times of the day or night,
right through the week. But Heaven Air flies not only to the biggest cities,we also fly two or three times a week to
towns and cities in the very center of Asia.Africa and South America.
People fly with Heaven Air because they know they will leave on time and arrive on time.They know that they
will receive the best food and watch the best films.
Heaven Air is second to none.
11.Heaven Air is the name of______________.B
A. a plane C. atravel service
B.an airline D.all advertising program
这是考核推理能力。从第一段最后一句可以得知Heaven Air是一家航空公司的名字,所以答案为B。
12. Traveling with Heaven Air is______________.D
A.comfortable but expensive C.exciting but tiring
B.cheap and pleasant D.quick and safe
这是考核推理能力。从第一段第二句话可以得知答案为D。
13.Heaven Air can take you to Paris______________.C
A. on weekends only C.any time in a week
B.just on weekdays D.two or three times a week
这是考核细节。从第二段第二句话可以得知答案为c。文中“at a11times of the day and night” 意为“无论
日夜的任何时间”。
14. Most flights of Heaven Air go to______________.C
A.big cities C.both big and small cities
B.small towns D.the very center of Asia
这是考核细节。从第二段末句可以得知答案为C。
15. According to the advertisement,Heaven Air believes it is______________.D
A.the second biggest in the world C.the biggest in the world
B.the second best in the world D.the best in the world
这是考核猜测短语。从全文的最后一句话“Heaven Air is second to none”中得知,该航空公司是世界上
最好的。second to none为固定词组,意为“首屈一指”,所以答案为D。
参考译文:
人们经常乘坐天堂航 空的航班,因为乘客知道乘坐这个航空公司的航班他们可以得到自己想要的。乘客
希望可以快而安全地飞 过大陆,飞过海洋,穿越整个世界,他们知道天堂航空会在任何时候把他们带到他们
想去的任何地方。天 堂航空使用最新的、最快速的飞机,飞往比任何航空公司的路线都要多的城市和小镇。
你想去巴黎、华 盛顿和东京吗?天堂航空会在一天中的任何时候,白天或黑夜,把你带到那儿,一星期
的任何一天都一样 。而且天堂航空不仅飞往大城市,还飞往亚洲、非洲、美洲腹地的城市和小镇,这样的航
班每周有2-3 次。人们乘坐天堂航空是因为他们知道可以准时的出发和到达,是因为他们知道可以享用最优
质的食物, 观看最精彩的电影。
天堂空气是首屈一指的.

————仿真自测9 Passage 1
When companies need new employees,they usually place advertisements in newspapers in order to attract as
many applicants as possible. But many large well-known companies hire new people frequently without putting
advertisements in newspapers,because they already have many resumes on file. Therefore,it is not always best to
apply only to companies that place ads in newspapers.A person looking for a job is advised to send his resume with a
cover letter to a well-known company even if a position is not then open.He can follow up with a telephone call to
inquire if his resume has been received and if any jobs are available.If the company has not a job at that time,he can
ask that they keep his material on file and contact him in the future when something is available.
Sometimes if a company is not hiring at the time,a letter explaining that a position is not currently available
will be sent. If a person sends a letter and resume to a company that is not then hiring and later sees an advertisement
in the newspaper for a job with that company,he should call the company to make certain they have his material on

30


file and will consider him for the position.So,a person has nothing to lose and everything to gain by sending in his
resume.
6.What kind of companies are the best choice for a person to write to find a job?_____C_______
A.Companies that place ads in newspapers.
B.Small trading companies.
C.Larger,well-known companies.
D.The companies which are looking for new personnel now.
这是考核细节和判断。根据文章第一段所讲,向较大的、知名度较高的公司写信求职是最佳的选择。 所以
答案为c。
7.Which of the following is not true?________________A
A.A person looking for a job should only apply to companies that advertise in newspapers.
B.Many larger,well- known companies hire new people frequently.
C.A person looking for a job is advised to send his resume with a cover letter to a well- known company even if a
position is not then open.
D.When companies decide to hire new people they usually place an ad in the newspaper to attract as many
people as possible.
这是考核细节和判断。根据第一段第三句话“Therefore.it is not always best to apply only to companies that
place ads in newspapers.”选项A的表述是错误的。所以答案为A。
8.When people are looking for jobs,what should they send to companies,according to the
passage?________________C
A.A resume and recent photos. C.A resume and a cover letter.
B.A cover letter and an application. D.Only a phone call.
这是考核细节。答案在第一段第四句。所以答案为C。
9.If you send your resume to a company that isn't hiring at the time,what might the company do?______D
A.The company might call you and tell you that they have no positions now.
B.The company might hire you anyway.
C.The company will not write back because they are not interested in you.
D.The company might write back and tell you that there are no positions available at the time.
这是考核细节和判断。根据第二段第一句所讲,如果你把简历寄给一家不需要雇员的公司,这家公司会回
信向你解释目前他们没有空缺职位。所以答案为D。
10.According to the author,_________.B
A.it is a bad idea to send in one’s resume if one is not certain there is a job available
B.it is always a good idea to send in one’s resume whether or not one is certain there is a job available
C.it is not necessary to send in one’s resume if one knows that there is not a job available
D.it is always necessary to make an inquiry phone call first before one sends in his resume
这是考核细节和判断。由文章末句判断,所以答案为B。
参考译文:
公司需要新职 员的时,通常在报纸上登广告来吸引尽可能多的应聘者。但是许多大的知名的公司不必在
报纸上登广告也 频繁雇用新员工,因为他们有许多记录在案的简历。因此,只向那些在报纸上刊登广告的公
司投递简历并 不是最好的方法。正在找工作的人最好连同简历附上一份求职信一起寄给一家知名大公司,即
使你申请的 职位暂时没有空缺,也可以随后打电话询问他的履历表是否已经收到,是否有工作可以提供。如
果公司暂 无职位空缺,他就可以要求公司将她的简历放入公司人才库,当将来有空缺职位时,再与他联系。
有时 ,如果你把简历寄给一家不需要雇员的公司,这家公司会回信向你解释目前他们没有空缺职位。假
如某人 把简历和求职信寄给一家当时不需要雇员的公司,过段时间你又在报纸上看到那家公司的招聘广告,
这个 人就可以打电话给该公司确认他的求职材料是否在公司人才库里并考虑他是否适合空缺职位。所以说,
寄 履历表不会使人失去什么,而会获得一切。


Passage 2
Some people think they have all answer to the troubles of automobile crowding and dirty air in large
cities.Their answer is the bicycle,or“bike”.

31


In a great many cities,hundreds of people ride bicycles to work every day.In New York City,some bike riders
have even formed a group called Bike for a Better City.They claim that if more people rode bicycles to work there
would be fewer automobiles in the downtown section of the city and therefore less dirty air from car engines.
For several years this group has been trying to get the city government to help bike riders.For example,they
want the city to draw bicycle lanes on some of the main streets,because when bike riders have to use the same lanes
as cars,there are accidents.Bike for a Better City feels that if there were special lanes more people would use bikes.
But no bicycle lanes have been drawn.Not everyone thinks it is a good idea-they say it will slow
store owners on the main streets say that if there is less traffic,they will have less business.And most people live too
far from downtown to travel by bike.
The city government has not yet decided what to do.It wants to keep everyone happy.Only on weekends,
Central Park is closed to cars,and the roads may be used by bicycles only.But Bike for a Better City says that this is
not enough and keeps fighting to get bicycle lanes downtown.
11.According to the passage,bicycles________.D
A.are more convenient than cars C.are ridden by most people in the U.s.
B. are safer traffic tools than cars the solution to some city problems
这是考核细节和判断。文章的第一段是文章的主旨,从中可以得到答案“一些人 认为,他们找到了解决大
城市汽车拥挤和空气污染问题的办法,即,骑自行车,”所以正确答案是D。
12.The idea of special bicycle lanes is most favored by_______________.B
A.the city government C people living far from downtown
B.some bike riders D.some store owners
这是考核细节。答案在文章的第三段。所以答案为B。
13.“Bicycle lanes”in the third paragraph probably means_________.C
A.narrow passages between buildings for bicycles
B.roads full of bicycles
C.special parts of the road for bicycle riders only
D.roads for bicycles only
这是考核猜测短语。答案在文中第三段第二句“„theyr want the city to draw bicyc’le lanes on some of the main
streets.”(在一些主要街道上画出自行车道。)所以答案为C。
14.Whicn of the following is not true according to the passage?_____________.D
A.Bike for a Better City members ride bicycles to work.
B.Sometimes accidents may occur when cars and bikes are on the same lanes.
C.The Central Park is closed to cars on weekends.
D.In New York City.many people use bikes as they have special lanes.
这是考核细节和判断。文章的最后一句说明纽约现在还没有自行车专用道。所以答案为D。
15.The best title for this passage is_________________.D
A.Traffic Crowding in New York City
B.Air Pollution in New York City by Cars
C.Special Lanes for Passengers
D.A Solution to Traffic Problem in New York
这是考核概括能力。文章第一段是文章的主旨,概括了文章的主题:解决纽约交通问题的办法。所以 答案
为D。
参考译文:
有些人认为解决大城市汽车拥堵和污染的方法是自行车。
在许多的城市,成百上千的人每天骑车上班。在纽约,有些人甚至是“为建立更好的城市而骑车”组织< br>的成员。他们相信如果更多的人骑车上班,那么城里就会少些汽车,受汽车发动机污染的污浊空气也会减少 。
这些年这个组织尝试让市政府也来帮忙号召大家骑车。例如,他们要求政府在主要道路划出自行车专 用
道,因为当骑车者和汽车同道就会发生交通事故。“为建立更好的城市而骑车”协会认为如果有自行车 专用道,
就会有更多的人骑车。
但这个城市没有画出自行车专用道,因为并不是每一个人都认 同这是个好主意。比如出租车司机就不喜
欢这个主意,他们说这样会让交通不畅。一些主要街道上的的店 主也不同意这个主意,他们说如果交通不畅
他们的生意也会减少。多数喜欢骑车的人又住得离市中心太远 。

32


市政府也没做出决定。他们希望每个人都满意。只在周末 中央公园才禁止汽车通行,道路只供自行车使
用。“为建立更好的城市而骑车”协会说这样做还不够,他 们一直在为争取自行车专用道而奋斗。

————仿真自测10 Passage 1
We often use gestures to express our feelings.but the problem is that the gestures Call be understood in different
ways.
It is true that a smile means the same thing in any language.So does laughter or crying. Fear is another emotion
that is shown in much the same way all over the world.In Chinese and in English literature,a phrase like“he went
pale and began to tremble”suggests that the man is either very afraid or he has just got a very big r,
“he opened his eyes wide”is used to suggest anger in Chinese whereas in English it means
Chinese,surprise can be described in a phrase like“they stretched out their tongues!”“Stretching out your tongue”in
English is an insulting gesture or expresses strong dislike.
Even in che same culture,people differ in their ability to understand and express feelings.Experiments in America
have shown that women are usually better than men at recognizing fear,anger,love and happiness on people's faces.
Other studies show that older people usually find it easier to recognize or understand body language than younger
people do.
6. Which of the following is true according to the passage?—————————————.D
A.We can easily understand what people’s gestures mean.
B.Words can be better understood by older people.
C.Gestures can be understood by most people but words are not.
D.It is diffficult to tell what people’s gestures really mean sometimes.
这是考核细节和判断。文章的第一段讲到,我们经常用手势表达 自己的感情,但问题是人们有时以不同的
方式理解手势的含义,所以答案为D。
7.People's facial expressions may be misunderstood in different cultures because_________.D
A.Deople of different sexes may understand a gesture differently
B.Deople speaking different languages have different facial expressions
C.people of different ages may have different interpretations
from different cultures have different meanings about some facial expressions
这是考核细 节和判断。根据文章第二段所讲,不同文化的人们对一面部表情的理解可能会不同,所以答案
为D。
8.From the passage.we can conclude that______________________.A
A.gestures can be used to express feelings
B.gestures can be more effectively used than words to express feelings
C.words are often more difficult to understand than gestures
D.gestures are used as frequently as words to express feelings
这是考核概括和判断能力。文章主要谈手势问题,未涉及与语言的比较,故答案为A。
9.In the same culture,people___________________________.D
A.hardly ever fail to understand each other’s ideas and feelings
B. are equally intelligent even if they have different backgrounds
C.almost all have the same understanding of the same thing
D.mav have different abilities to understand and express feelings
这是考核细节和判断。文章最后一段提到,即使处于同一文化,人们理解和表达 感情的能力也各不相同。
所以答案为D。
10.The best tide for this passage can be________________________.C
A.Gestures C.Gestures and Feelings
B.Feelings D.Culture and Understanding
这是考核中心思想。文章通篇在讲手势与感情表达,因此,c为正确答案。
参考译文:
我们常用手势来表达自己的情感,但问题是这些手势可以不同的方式来理解。
微笑在任何 一种语言中确实表达同样的意思。欢笑、哭泣也是。恐惧是另一个在全世界以大致相同的方
式表达的情绪 。在中国和英国的文学作品中,一句习惯语:“他的脸色煞白,全身开始发抖”暗示的就是那个
人要么非 常害怕,要么刚刚受到极大的惊吓。但是,“他睁大他的眼睛”在中国习惯表示生气,然而在英国表

33


示惊讶。在中国惊讶用短语表示为:“他们伸出舌头”“舌头在外面”在 英国是侮辱的姿态或表达强烈不喜欢。
即使在同样的文化中,人们对感情的理解和表达的能力也不相同 。实验显示美国妇女比男人在面部表情上
更理解恐惧,愤怒,爱和幸福。另一个研究显示,老人比年轻人 认同和理解肢体语言。


Passage 2
Every day,the news of the world is relayed to people by over 300 million copies of daily papers,over 400
million radio sets,and over 150 million television sets.Additional news is shown bY motion pictures,in theatres and
cinemas an over the world.As more people learn what the important events of the day are,fewer are still concerned
exclusively with the events of their own household.As the English writer John Donne put it, nearly four hundred
years ago,“no man is an island.”This idea is more appropriate today than it was when Donne lived.In short,
wherever he lives,a man belongs to some society;and we are becoming more and more aware that whatever happens
in one particular society affects,somehow,the life and destiny(命运)of all humanity.
Newspapers have been published in the modem world for about four hundred of the news-
papers primed today are fead in Europe and North America.However,soon they may be read in all parts of the
world,thanks to the new inventions that are changing the techniques of newspaper publithing.
Electronics and automation(电子和自动化)have made it possible to produce pictures and text far more qllickly than
before.Therefore,the publishing of newspapers and magazines becomes more rmore,photo
copies can be sent over great distances now by means of television channels and satellites such as Telstar.
Thus,pictures can be brought to the public more quickly than previously.
learn about what happens in the world through____________.D
pers and magazines C.electronics and automation
B_radio and television sets D. both A and B
这是考核细节。这是 提问人们了解世界大事的途径有哪些。文章第一段提到了报纸、收音机和电视,最
后一段又提到了杂志, 所以答案为D。
lng to the passage,the expression“no man is an island
________________________________________.D
man lives on an island surrounded by water
man is in some way alone
man can live an independent life
man belongs to some society
这是考核根据上下文猜测短语的能力。第一段的最后一句是对“no man is all island”的最好解释,因此
答案为D。
passage suggests that newspapers have been published for about____________.D
A.100 Years B.200 years C.300 years D.400 vears
这是考核细节。答案在第二段第一句。所以答案为D。
14.According to the author,people in today's world_____________.B
become more isolated than people in Donne's times
affected more by whatever happens in the other pans of the world
concerned only with the events of their own household
read newspapers in Europe and North America
这是考核作者观点。从第一段最后一句可知,所以答案为B。
the publishing of newspapers and magazines is more economical because_______.B
people are engaged in newspaper publishing
inventions are changing the techniques of newspaper publishing
r can send pictures to any part of the world
D. the competition in newspaper publishing is getting severe
这是考核细节。文章最后一段内容提示答案为B。
参考译文:
每天,三亿多份日报 、四亿多台收音机和1.5亿多台电视机向人们传送世界新闻。还有一些新闻在
世界各地的剧院和电影院 用电影的形式来展示。随着了解每日重大事件的人越来越多,只关心自己家门口
的事情的人越来越少。正 如英国作家John Donne四百多年前写的那样,“人不可能完全孤立如小岛。”这种

34


思想用在今天比Domme生活的时代更适合。简而言之,无论一个人主 在哪里,他都是属于某个社会的。我
们渐渐地意识到在一个特定的社会无论发生什么事都在某种形式上影 响到整个人类的生活和命运。
在现代世界,报纸已经出版了近四百年。今天,大部分报纸读者在欧洲和 北美。然而,由于报纸印刷
技术不断更新发明,不久这些报纸就会传到世界各地。
电子和自动 化使得报纸的图片和文字印刷比以前快得多。从而,报纸和杂志印刷更便宜。而且,图像
复印可以通过电 视卫星这样的电视波道和卫星传送到很远的距离之外。所以,图像可以比以前更快的速度
带到大众面前。

——仿真自测11 Passage 1
John Parker is an English language teacher.He was always good at languages at school,so he decided to take
his degrees in French and German.When he finished his university studies,he began teaching in a secondary school
in years later,however,he met someone by chance who offered him a job teacing English to foreign
students during snmmer holidays.His students were adults and he enjoyed the work soon found he
was more interested in teaching his own language to foreigners than in teaching foreign languages to English
schoolboys.
Since then he has specialized in this work.He has found that one of the advantages of the job is that it enables
him to find work almost everywhere in the world.First he went to Africa for two years and then he spent a year in
this he went to Italy where he has worked for the last two years.He hasn't been to Aribia yet,but he
intends to go there next.He has taught men and women of all ages and of various nationalities.He has also learned to
get on with all kinds of people and to get used to different ways of life.He likes this way of life and has never
regretted his decision to follow this career.
6.From the passage,we know for sure that John Parker________________. D
A.worked very hard at FrenchandGerman at school
B.was more interested in traveling around than teaching
C.was good at teaching schoolboys English
D.only worked in a secondary school for two years
这是考核细节。即对第一段内容的理解。从第一段第三、四句话可以判断,所以答案为D。
7.John Parker enjoyed teaching adult students because________________.C
A.aU his students were foreigners
B.he was able to talk to his foreign students in French and German
C.he was more interested in teaching English than other languages
D.he could be offered a job during summer holidays
这是考核细节和判断。从第一段最后„句话可以判断,所以答案为C。
8.In the first paragraph,the sentence“...he met someone by chance...”means_______.A
A.he met someone accidentally C.there was a chance for him to meet someone
B.by a chance,he met someone D.suddenly he saw someone
这是考核短语。by chance的意思是“碰巧,偶然”,因此答案为A。
9.The first sentence in the second paragraph“Since then he has specialized in this work.”means that John Parker
has_________________.B
A.become an expert in teaching English to foreigners
B.taken teaching Enghsh to foreigners as his only occupation
C.considered teaching English as very special
D.become a special English teacher in his work
这是考核短语和对上下文的理解。spec:ialize in 的意思是“专门从事”,从上下文看,这里指John 以此为
职业,因此答案为B。
10.Which of the following statements is not true?____________.C
A.John's work enables him to stay for a while in many places in the world.
B.John has learnt to get used to various ways of life.
C.John would never feel sorry if he kept his job as a secondary school teacher.
D.John Parker gets on well with men and women of all ages and of various nationalities.
这是考核概括能力。文中第二段对答案A,B和D的有关内容分别作出了说明,因此答案为C。
参考译文:

35


约翰帕克是一名英语教师。在他还是学生时在语 言方面就很有天赋,因此他决定考取法语和德语学
位。在他完成学业大学毕业后,开始在英国的一所中学 教书。然而,两年后,他很偶然的遇到了一个人,
这个人给他提供了一份在暑假教外国学生英语的工作。 他的学生都是成年人而且他非常喜欢这份工作。
很快他就发现,相比教英国学生外语,他更喜欢教外国人 自己的母语。
那时候他对这份工作已经很擅长了。他发现这种工作的好处之一就是他在世界上任何地方 都能找到
工作。他先去非洲呆了两年,然后又在亚洲呆了一年。这之后他去了意大利,过去的两年他一直 在那儿
工作。他还没有去过阿拉伯,但是他打算下次就去那儿。他已经教过各种年龄、各个国家的男人和 女人。
他也学会了与各种不同的人相处,学会了去习惯各种不同的生活方式。他喜欢这种生活方式,并且 从来
没有后悔过选择了这个职业。


Passage 2
Blocks of“high—rise”flats have been built in large numbers in London and in many other big cities.Just after the
Second World War these big,twenty-to—thirty storey buildings,hundreds of feet in height,were thought to be the
ideal solution to the housing problem .For on the one hand,there was severe housing shortage,but on the other hand,
there was lack of space to build houses in urban areas.Blocks of“high—rise”flats seemed,at first,to be able to solve
the problem,since they can offer space for more families to live in on less land.The beautiful,modem apartments in
the high rises were much sought after by people who lived downtown.Hundreds of the vast blocks had been built
before anyone began to doubt about whether they were good solutions or not.Are they suitable places for people,
children especially,to live in? A wellknown British architect,who personally designed many of these buildings,now
believes that the high—rises may well make those people who have been housed in them suffer a great
deal.Evidence has been collected by social workers,which suggests that people do suffer.They complain about
severe loneliness and deep depression living within these great towers.People also talk about lack of communication
with others,no easy access to a playground for children,no chances for adults to get familiarized with each
other.Many people say that they have lived next door to each other for years in the same building,but they never
know who their neighbors are.Some experts say that a large number of people living in the high- rises suffer from
mental disorder and have even developed criminal tendencies.As a result of these new discoveries,plans for new
high-rise blocks are being reconsidered. We are now building up many high-rises in big cities such as Beijing,
Shanghai and Guangzhou.Perhaps we should also reconsider the idea too.
was a big housing problem after the Second World War__________.C
A in London B.in the rural areas C.in many big cities D.in many countries
这是考核理解和判断。文章一开始就提到为解决房荒,二战后在伦敦及其他大城市建造了许多高层住宅,
因此答案为C。
12.Blocks of“high-rise” flats were thought to be the ideal solution to the housing problem,
because_______________.D
A.there was severe house shortage in big cities
B. there was less and less land to build houses in big cities
C.they were modem and beautiful and much sought after by city people
D.they were built on less land and were able to house a lot more people
这是考核判断能力。建造高层住宅最主要的原因只有一个,即答案为D。
sentence“Hundreds of the vast blocks had been built before anyone began to doubt about whether they
were good solutions or not.”means___________.A
A. it was not until hundreds of the vast blocks had been built,people began to doubt about whether they were good
solutions or not
B. hundreds of the vast blocks had not been built until people began to doubt about whether they were good
solutions or not
C.people began to doubt about whether they were good solutions or not before hundreds of the vast blocks had
been built
D.before hundreds of the vast blocks had been built,some people began to doubt about whether they were good
solutions or not
这是考核查对“„(主句)+before„(从句)” 这一特殊句型的理解。句中由before引导的从句常常含有否

36


定含义,所以答案为A。
14.The author takes a well-known British architect as an example to show us that_____________.B
A. he is very proud of his designing of many of the high-rises
a well-known designer of the high-rises believes they are no good for people
C.even a well-known designer of the high-rises suffers personally
D.high-rises are well- designed modem buildings which meet people's needs
这是考核对下半段内容的理解。下半段主要从讨论高层住宅的负面影响人手,质疑其是否是解决房荒的< br>理想方法,作者举例是为了说明这一点,所以答案为B。
is the greatest danger for people living in a high-rise according to some experts?
_______________________________.C
A. Lack of communication with others.
B.No easy access to a playground for children.
C.Developing criminal tendencies.
D.Not knowing the neighbors.
这是考核细节和判断。文中最后谈到几条住高层住宅 的负面影响,但最危险的自然应属犯罪倾向,所以
答案为C。
参考译文:
伦敦和其 他许多大城市已经建起了大量的高层住宅。二战后,这些巨大的高达二十到三十层,几百米高
的高层住宅 成为房荒问题的理想解决办法。一方面,房子严重短缺,但是另一方面,市区建筑用地短缺。起
初,高层 住宅似乎能解决这个问题,因为这些高层住宅能以较少的用地提供更多的家庭居住。城里人竞相购
买这些 高层住宅里漂亮、现代化的公寓。在没有任何人怀疑这是否是最好的解决办法之前上百幢大型的高层
住宅 群已经拔地而起。这些住宅真的适合人们,尤其是孩子居住吗?一位著名的英国建筑家,他本人就设计
过 很多这样的高层住宅,现在相信居住在这些高层住宅的人深受其害。社会工作者收集的证据显示人们确实
深受其害。他们抱怨住在这些巨塔之中有强烈的孤独感和压抑感。人们还提及到与他人缺乏交流,孩子们没
有地方玩耍,成人之间没有机会相互熟悉。很多人都说他们在同一幢楼里住了好几年都不认识门挨门的邻居。< br>一些专家说很多高层住宅的居民患有心理失常并且有犯罪倾向。由于这些新发现,人们开始重新思考高层住
宅的问题,现在在北京、上海和广州这样的大城市高层住宅正在拔地而起。或许我们也应该反思这个想法 了。

——仿真自测12 Passage 1
I never used to go anywhere without the car.I regarded it as an essential part of myself.But when the price of
gas doubled this year,I decided not to use the car except when absolutely necessary.
For example,I always used to take the car when I went to fetch the papers on Sunday mornings,although our
newsagent's is only 10 minutes-walk away.Now I go on foot.
I tell myself that I'm not only saving the gas but keeping fit at the same time.It's all a question of habit really. I'm
sure you call get used to anything if you try and already feel that I rely on the car less than I used to.
Besides,now that we live in the suburbs,I can walk down the road and catch a bus to the office or to any part of
the town.We used t0 live in the country about 15 miles from town and then 1 would frequently drive to and from
tWice in one day.That mean I would use l5 gallons of oil or more in a I only need half that amount.
The truble is that I am also getting used to the gas prices.They don’t seem so very high to me any more.
Perhaps it is easier to get used to expensive gas than it is to doing without the car.
6. When the prices of gas doubled this year,the author decided___________.C
A.to go everywhere without a car
B.only to take the car to fetch the papers
C.to use the car when he had to
D.to go on foot everywhere
这是考核细节。即对第一段内容的理解。从第一段最后一句话可以判断,所以答案为C。
7.In the sentence“It's all a question of habit really”,the pronoun“It”refer to__________.D
A.saving the gas
B.keeping fit
C.not only saving the gas but keeping fit at the same time
D.not relying too much on the car

37


这是通过对代同“it..在此处指代关系的判断,考核概括能力。从 第三段最后两句话可以概括出“it’’的所
指,所以答案为D。
8.To go to the newsagent's to get his newspaper,the author_________.B
A.used to walk for l0 minutes C.walked down the road to the office
B.used to drive his car D.walked for l0 minutes to keep fit
这是考核细节。从第二段的内容可知,所以答案为B。
9.We know from the passage that the author________________.B
A.is getting used to living in the country about 15 miles from town
B. used to go to and come back from town twice a day by car
C.usually buys 15 gallons of oil or more in a week
D.used to spend half of the amount of money on gas
这是考核细节及对短语“used to”和“to and from”的正确理解。从第四段的内容口r知,所以答案为B。
10.The last sentence of the passage suggests that______________.A
A.the author still can not get used to doing without the car
B.the author feels that the high price of gas is a great problem
C.it is easy to use gas at high prices
D.the price of gas is not high any more
这是考核概括能力与推断能力。文中句子表示,习惯高油价容易,习惯不用车难。因此可知答案为A。
参考译文:
我以前一向是不坐汽车哪里也不去的。我把汽车视为我自身很重要的一部分。但是 ,今年油价翻倍,
我决定除了非常必要的情况不再使用汽车。
例如我过去总是在每个周日早上开车去取报纸,而到报刊亭只有十分钟的步行路程。现在我都步行去。
我告诉自己这不仅仅是省油,同时也在健身。事实上这是都是习惯的问题。我相信只有你尝试就能习惯任何事,我已经感觉到我比以前依赖汽车的程度要少。
另外,我们现在住在郊区,我可以步行去 乘公交车上班或去镇上的任何一个地方。我们过去住在距镇
子15英里的村庄,我一天频繁地开车来去两 趟。这就意味着我一周要用掉15加仑或是更多的汽油。现在
我只需要这个数目的一半就够了。
问题是我正在慢慢习惯油价。这个油价对我来说不算太高。或许习惯高油价容易,习惯不用车难。

Passage 2
Dear editor,
Teachers in some secondary schools in Britain are worried that their job may become impossible shortly unless
something can be done to restore discipline in the classrooms.In the problem schools,mostly in large cities,a small
minority of teenage pupils disturb lesson to such an extent that the teacher can do longer teach their classes
effectively.
Some people consider tbat the permissive nature of modem society is responsible for such
kindofbehavior.Small children who are continuously encouraged to express themselves withOut reservation are
naturalLy unwilling to accept school discipline when theygrowlder.Furthermore,modern teaching techniques,
which apper to stress personal enjoyment at the expense of serious study work,might be teaching the child to put his
own interests before his duties to the community in which he lives.
Perhaps the problem can be solved by improving facilities for the moral guidance of these difficult cbildren or by
better cooperation between the schools and the parents--for the parents may be mainly reponsible for the bad
behavior of their ce at home,violence and crime on Tv make some children turn violence
themselves.
But some of the teachers believe that there ought to be a return to more“old fashioned”methods.At present,in
some school teachers are even not allowed to punish a child who does something bad and wrong.Phy5ical
punishment is not permitted now.People are too soft on children these days.It seems that che children can do
whatever they like at school while the teachers can't do anything to punish them.I don't know why the schools
authority abandoned some of the effective punishments that worked well. Things like that didn't happen when we
were at school because the teachers kept those problem students under control by using a stick.
rs in some secondary schools in Britain are worried,for__________.D

38


might soon lose their jobs C.there are too many problem schools
cannot teach very well D.there is no discipline in the classmom、
这是考核理解和判断。从第一段可判断,所以答案为D。
ng to the letter writer,modem teaching techniques__________.A
age pupils to play a lot instead of learning
B. help pupils spend much time on serious learning
not give pupils any moral lessons
a child to put his own interests before his duties
这是考核作者的观点。作者在第二段后半部分谈到现代教学手段强调娱乐,冈此答案为A。
letter writer believes that__________are responsible for pmblern children's bad behavior.D
C. modem society
teaching methods D.all of the above
这是考核总结能力。该文前半部分讨论原因,对答案A,B和c中的情况都有涉及,因此答案为D。
letter writer seems to believe Very strongly in________to restore discipline at school.C
ning more“old fashioned”methods
ing facilities for the moral guidance
C.physical punishment
ation between the schools and the parents
这是考核作者的观点。作者在信件后半部分举例说明这一问题,表明自己的观点,因此答案为C。
best title for this passage might be________.B
Schools Today C.Who is Responsible for?
B.Restore Order in School D.Dealing with Problem Children at School
这是考核中心思想。文巾一开始提出观点,后面围绕这一观点层层展开,所以答案为B。
参考译文:
亲爱的编辑,
英国的中学老师很担心他们的工作在不久的将来将很难进 展,除非一些管理班级纪律的措施出台。在一
些问题学校,一小部分十几岁学生扰乱课堂秩序到了教师无 法继续正常上课的程度,这些学校多半在大城市。
一些人认为现代社会的随意本性思想应该为这样的行 为负责。那些小孩子一直受到鼓励去毫无保留表达
自己,当他们长大的时候自然不愿意遵守学校纪律。而 且现代教学方法迎合强调个人享受,摒弃严肃学习工
作态度的观点,可能会教孩子把个人兴趣放在前,团 体责任放在后。
通过采取提高这些困难学生的道德指导的手段或家长与学校进一步的合作的方法或许能 解决这个问题,
家长可能要为孩子的坏行为负主要责任。家庭暴力,电视剧里的暴力和犯罪使得一些孩子 产生暴力行为。
但是一些教师相信应该回归到更“老式”的教学方式。现在,一些学校禁止老师惩罚做 坏事和犯错的孩
子。现在也禁止体罚。人们对孩子过于纵容。看起来,在学校里孩子能为所欲为,老师却 一点也不能惩罚他
们。我不知道学校当局为什么放弃了一些行之有效的惩罚方法。在我们上学的时代这样 的事情决不会发生,
因为老师用一根教鞭就可以将这些问题学生控制住。

————仿真自测13 Passage 1
35 Forest Avenue
Dew’s Parker
Adelaide
12,Nov.
Dear Bob,
I'm just writing to let you know our new address and to invite you to our house-warming party next Saturday.I'm
sorry about the lack of warning,but we’ve been busy moving house and I've had little time for anything any
case,we only decided to hold the party last week when we found out that cost of moving was not as high as we
thought and we had a little cash to spare.
We moved to here two days ago and we've been working non-stop ever since.This evening we decided to have
a few hours rest,so I'm writing a few invitations to some friends.
You can do the trip from Bedford to Flinders in two hours now the new motorway is open.Dew'sParker is rather
difficult to find though,because it's a new housing estate and few people know where it is.Give us a ring when you

39


are in the area and I'll give detailed directions to you then.Our number is 56889590.
Barbara and I hope you can make it in spite of the short notice.
All the best.
Charles
P.S.We can fix you up with a place to sleep—I guess you can put up with a mattress on the floor !.
6.This passage is a letter of___________.A
A an informal invitation C.thanks
B.a formal invitation D.complaint
这是考核文体辨识能力。从第一段第一句话可以判断此信为一封邀请函, 通篇语气亲切随意,并未使用固
定格式,故答案应为A。
7.When Charles writes,“I'm sorry about the lack of warning”,he means that he is sorry that_______________.D
A.he did not give Bob a warning when Bob was once in danger
B.he is short of money,so he is not able to help Bob
C.he should have given Bob a warning when he is in difficulty
D.he is not able to write this letter to Bob earlier
这是考核对句子深层意思的理解。“1ack of warning”表面意思为“缺少警告”,但统观全文,这里应指未提
前告知,所以答案为D。
8. Charles and his wife decided to hold the housewarming party,mainly because__________.B
A.they decided to have a rest after being busy moving to the new house
B.they still had a little money left to afford the party
C.the new motorway was open
D.they wanted to meet their friends very much
这是考核细节。从第一段的内容可知答案为B。
9.From the letter we know that the new house that Charles moved in is______________.C
A.very big C.in a new housing estate
B.two hours away from downtown D.easy to find on the map
这是考核细节和判断。从第三段的内容可知答案为C。
10.In the sentence“Barbara and I hope that you can make it...”,the phrase“make it”is used to say that
Bob can___________.A
A.manageto atendt heir party C. do the trip from Bedford to Flinders
B.find their new house in two hours D.put up with a mattress on the floor
这是考核概括能力和对短语“make it,在此处语境中的意思理解。此信为一封邀请函,在信件结尾处出现
的这句活,显然表示希望收信人能来赴宴,由此可知答案为A。
参考译文:
亲爱的Bob,
我写信是为了告诉你我们的新地址,并邀请你参加我们下周六举办的乔迁聚会 。抱歉没有提前通知你,
但是我们一直在忙着搬家,我没有时间去做其他的事情。不管怎么说,我们是在 上周才决定举办聚会,那时
我们发现搬家的费用没有我们预计的多,还剩下一点钱。
我们两天 前搬到这里来,一直不停地忙到现在。今晚我们决定休息几个小时,所以我就给一些朋友写邀
请函。 < br>现在新的高速公路开通了,你从贝德福德到弗林德斯只要两小时。可是路德派克很难找,这是一个新的居民区,很少有人知道在哪。当你到这个地区的时候打我电话,然后我告诉你具体方向。我们的电话是
56889590。
尽管时间仓促我和芭芭拉希望你能够来赴宴。
最美好的祝愿。
查尔斯


Passage 2
A scientist who wants to predict the way in which consumers(消费者)will spend their money must study
consumeer behavior.He must obtain data both on the resources of consumers and on the motives that tend to
encourage or discourage money spending.

40


If an economist were asked which of three groups borrow most-people with rising incomes,stable incomes,or
decreasing incomes--he would probably answer,those with decreasing incomes.Actually,in the years
1947--1950.the answer was:people with rising incomes.People with decreasing incomes were next and people with
stable incomes borrowed the least.This shows us that taditional assumptions(假设)about earning and spending are
not always reliable.Another traditional assumption is that if people who have money expect prices to go up they will
hasten to buy.If they expect prices to go down,they will postpone research surveys have shown that this
is not always true.The expectations of price increases may not stimulate buying.One typical attitude was expressed
by the wife of a mechanic in an interview at a time of rising prices.“In a few months,”she said,“we'll have to pay
more for meat and milk;we'll have less to spend on other things.”Her family had been planning to buy a new car but
they postponed this purchase.Furthermore,the rise in prices that has already taken place may be disliked and buyer's
resistance may be produced.This is shown by the following typical comment:“I just don't pay these prices,they are
too high.”
The investigations mentioned above were carried out in America.The condition most helpful to spending
appears to be price stability.If prices have been stable and people consider that they are reasonable.thev are likely to
,it appears that the common business policy of maintaining stable prices is based on a correct understanding
of consumer psychology(心理).
ing to the passage,if one wants to predict the way consumers will spend their money,he
should__________________.C
on traditional assumptions about earning and spending
to encourage or discourage consumers to spend money
out investigations on consumer behavior and get data on consumer incomes and money spending motives
research in consumer psychology in a laboratory
这是考核细节。第一段明确提示答案为c。
ing to Paragraph 2,one traditional assumption is that people with_________incomes borrow most.C
e B.stable C.decreasing D.rising
这是考核细节,即对第二段内容的理解。从第二段前半部分可以判断,所以答案为C。
13.According to Paragraph 2,research surveys have proved that_______________. B
increases always stimulate people to hasten to buy things
prices may make people put off their purchase of certain things
are more sensitive to the rising in prices than men
D.the expectations of price increases often make buyers feel angry
这是同样考核对第二段内容的理解。从第二段后半部分可以判断,所以答案为B。
14.From the results of the surveys,the writer of this article_______________. B
des that the saving and spending patterns in Great Britain are better than those in America
B. concludes that the consumers expect prices to remain stable
des that maintaining stable prices is a necessary business policy
D.does not draw any conclusion
这是考核作者的观点。作者在结束段中对此作了总结,因此答案为B。
of the following statements is always TRUE according to the surveys mentioned in the passage? C
A. Consumers will put off buying things if they expect prices to decrease.
ers will spend their money quickly if they expect prices to increase.
C.The price condition has an influence on consumer behavior.
D.Traditional assumptions about earning and spending are reliable.
这是考核概括能力。从文章的开始段和结束段可以判断,答案为c。中间的第二段只是进行了观点论证。
参考译文:
想预测消费者消费方式的学者必须研究消费者行为。他必须从消费者的财力及 倾向于鼓励或阻碍人们花
钱的动机这两方面获取数据。
假如一个经济学家在被问及在高收入、 稳定收入和低收人三种消费群体中哪个借钱最多,他的回答可能
是低收入群体。实际上在1947年到1 950年之间,答案是高收入群体。低收入群体其次,稳定收入群体借的
最少。这向我们体现了关于挣钱 和花钱的传统假设并不总是可信的。另一种传统的假设是:如果有钱人估计
物价会上涨,他们就赶快购买 ;如果他们估计物价下跌,他们就暂缓购买。但是研究调查表明这样的假设并
不总是正确。物价上涨的预 期并不会刺激购买力。在一次物价上涨时期的采访中一位机械师的妻子表达了一

41


种典型的态度。她说,“几个月以后我们必须花更多的钱买肉和牛奶;我们花在其他地方的钱就 少了。”他们
家计划买辆新车,但是推迟这项采购。此外,已经上涨的物价可能会引起不满或买主的抵制 。这体现在下面
具有代表性的意见中:“价格太高,我不支付。”
以上提到的调查是在美国进 行的。情况更加符合价格稳定促进消费的假设。如果物价稳定,而且人们也
习惯地认为这样的价格“可以 接受”并希望其保持稳定,他们就很有可能会购买。因此,这就产生了保持价
格稳定的普遍生意策略是基 于对消费者心理的正确理解的结论。


————仿真自测14 Passage 1
Dear Uncle Ric,
We were very sorry to hear that you are in hospital again,but I feel sure you'll be out and about again
doesn't sound very serious this time according to Auntie Ivy and in any case you have already recovered from the
operation so quickly.
Malcolm has been working very hard all this year,because he is sitting some examinations this month and he
is determined to study History at the University of Oxford Although the sun has been shining all day today,he has
been sitting at home reading about the history of the French Revolution.Fortunately he loves books, especially
history books.He spends all his time and money on books.
James is totally different from his brother.He might be too young to know better.He gets bored with school and
studying. But he is very keen on never stays indoors when the weather is reasonably fine,and today he has
been playing tennis for hours with his friends.He is fond of football,but tennis is his favorite. He said that he wanted
to become a professional player.His mother doesn’t really approve.
Robin sends you her love.We are looking forward to hearing from you and seeing you soon.I am sending this
letter through the e'mail to Auntie Ivy and she will bring it to the hospital with our best wishes to you for a speedy
recovery.
Lots of love
Trevor
6.It is certain that Uncle Ric is in hospitai____________________.A
A.again after having fully recovered from an operation
B.to get some treatment for a serious disease
C.to get an operation for some minor disease
D.to do some check-up after receiving an operation
这是考核细节。从第一段可以判断,所以答案为A。
7.It is____________who wants to study history. C
A.Trevor's wife C.James's elder brother
B.Trevor's younger son D.Robin
这是考核细 节和判断。写信人为Trevor,他在信中淡及家人情况,从第三段开始部分可知James是Malcolm
的弟弟,所以答案为C。
8.In the second paragraph,the sentence“„he is sitting some examinations..”means that Malcolm is_____ D
A.sitting at his desk preparing lessons for some examinations
B.sitting at home busy reading for some examinations
C. sitting in an examination place
D.going to take some examinations
这是考核对句子“„he is sitting some examinations”的正确理解。此句中的is sitting表示将来.“sit
examinations”意为“参加考试”,因此答案为D。
9.From the letter,we know that James wants to become a professional player,__________.B
A.yet the whole family don’t like the idea
B.but Robin,his mother, does not like the idea
C.his father thinks it’s too bad that he gets bored with school
D.Malcolm feels sorry for his idea,wishing he knows better
这是考核细节和判断。从 第三段可知James的母亲的态度,从第四段可判断Robin正是Trevor的妻子,因
此答案为 B。
10.This is a______________________.B

42


A.business letter C. memo
B.private letter D.telephone message
这是考核文体识别。这是一封信件,写信人Trevor通篇谈的是家人近况,因此答案为B。
参考译文:
亲爱的瑞克叔叔,
我们很难过听到你再次住院的消息,但我确信你 会很快外出走动。听艾薇阿姨说这一次不是很严重,无
论如何你已经很快从手术中恢复过来。
马尔科姆这一年都很努力,因为他这个月要参加一些考试,他决定到剑桥大学学习历史。尽管今天一整
天 阳光灿烂,他一直坐在家里读法国革命史。很幸运,他喜欢书籍,尤其是历史书。他把时间和金钱都花在
书籍上了。
詹姆斯跟他哥哥完全不一样。他可能太年轻不懂事。他厌倦学校和学习。但是他非常热衷于 比赛。只要
天气还好他就不会呆在家里,今天他和朋友打了好几个小时的网球。他喜欢足球,但是网球是 他的最爱。他
说他想成为专业球员。他的妈妈一点也不赞成。
罗宾问候你。我们期待你的回复 ,盼望不久后见到你。我通过电子邮件把这封信发给艾薇阿姨,她会把
这封信和我们盼你早日康复的祝福 带到医院给你。
无尽的爱
特雷弗

Passage 2(仿真14)
Bicycle tour and race
A bike tour and race will be held on August 26 and 27(Sat.&Sun.).At 5.30am,the riders will leave Tian anmen
Square and ride the first 35 kilometres as a training leg Then the next 55 kilometre leg,from Yanjiao to Jixian,will be
the first competitive part of the tour.The riders and their bikes will then be taken from Jixian to Changli.
The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaihe,covering a distance of 20
kilometres.Saturday night includes the stay at Nandaihe and supper.Sunday morning is free for play at the
seaside.At noon all the people and their bikes will be taken back to Beijing.
Cost:200 yuan
Telephone:4675027
Brazilian footballers
The Brazilian Football Club will play Beijing Guo'an Team at the Workers Stadium on August
club has four national team players.Also coming is 1994 US World Cup star Romario who has promised to
play for at least 45 minutes.
Ticket price:150 yuan
Time/Date:4.30pm,August 26(Sat)
Telepbone:5012372
Rock climbing
The Third National Rock Climbing Competition will be held on August 26-27 at the Huairou Mountain
Climbing Training Base.More than 10 teams from Beijing,Wuhan,Dalian,Jilin and other places will take
part in it.A Japanese team will give all exhibition climbing.Free for spectators(观众).
Take a long distance bus from Dongzhimen to Huairou.
Time/Dates:9-12am,August 26 and 27
Telephone:7143177,7144850,Wang Zhenhua
main purpose of announcing the above events(赛事及活动)is to give information about____________.C
ng teams C.things to do for the weekend
players D.prices to pay for me sports events
这是考核主要内容。快速浏览三篇短文就会发现它们都是关于周末的一些赛事及活动的安排,因此答 案为
C。
l2.If you take part in the bike tour,you will ride for____________.D
A..35 kilometres B.55 kilometres C.75 kilometres D.110. kilometres
这是考核细节,涉及到计算。从第一篇短文中关于里程的三个数字可以判断出答案为D。
13.The underlined word“leg”in“Bicycle tour and race”means“________________”.D

43


B.practice C.part of the training of the tour
这是考核猜测词义。从leg所在的句子以及第二次出现的句子的上下文可以判断出答案为D。
14.What is special about the rock climbing competition? B
A.A foreign team takes part in it.
B.You can watch it without paying.
C.You don’t have to be a sportsman to take part.
D.The bus trip to the place of the competition is free.
这是考核细节和判断。三篇短文都谈到了cost 或ticket price,只有Rock climbing是flee for spectators.这
一点是一般读者最关心的,因此答案为B。
want to find something to do for Saturday afternoon,which telephone number will you call?
___________________.C
A.4675027 B.7143177 C.5012372 D.7144850
这是考核细节和判断。从三项赛事及活动的时间安排可以断定,所以答案为C。
参考译文:
1.自行车旅行和竞赛
8月26 和27号两天(周六、周日)将举行一场自行车旅行和竞赛 。选手们早上5点半从天安门广场出发,
前35千米作为练习,接下来从延交到蓟县的55千米为此次比 赛的第一部分。选手们和自行车将要从蓟县带
到长里。
比赛的第二阶段从常岭到南戴河的海边 ,20千米的路程,周六晚上住在南戴河,并在那里吃晚饭。周
日早上可以免费在海边玩,中午所有的选 手和车要返回北京。
费用:200元
电话:4675027
2.巴西足球队员
8月26号巴西足球俱乐部将在工人体育场对战北京国安队吗,该俱乐部有四名国家队员,1994年的 世
界杯之星罗纳而多将会参加至少45分钟的比赛。
票价: 150元
时间日期:8月26号(周六)下午四点半
电话:5012372
3.攀岩 < br>第三届全国攀岩比赛将于8月26,、27两天在怀柔登山训练基地举行,来自北京、武汉、大连、吉林和
其他地区共10多个队伍将参加此次比赛。日本队将为观众免费表演。
乘东直门到怀柔的长途汽车
时间日期:8月26,27日上午9-12时
电话: 7143177, 7144850, 王正华

————仿真自测15 Passage 1
Good children must be good students at school.They should work hard at all subjects and do what is given to them
on should develop the ability to care for themselves,to try not to depend too much on their parents,to
think independently and to work in a planned way.They ought to respect teachers,have a cooperative attitude
towards schoolmates and always be ready to help others
At home,good children should be tidy and hard working.Besides schoolwork they should help their parents with
housework and be always ready to show respect and gratitude to their parents whenever their parents do something
for should also be very considerate towards their entire family.They ought to please their family with
something that makes them happy and feel good instead of upsetting them with their personal worries. When it is
absolutely necessary to talk to their parents about their personal problems,they should talk nicely and calmly,getting
ready to take advice from their parents since they are much more experenced in life. If any disagreement occurs,
good children should try to iron out the disagreement by listening to the parents’opinions.They never take it for
granted that they are always in theright.On the contrary,good children learn quickly by listening to others.
6.The most suitable title for this passage would be__________________.C

44


A.Good Children at Home C.What Good Children Should Be
B.Good Students at School D.Be Good Students
这是考核概括能力。通读全文可知文中主要说的是好孩子的行为,所以答案为C。
7.One important ability good children are supposed to develop is______________.A
A.to think independently C.to be good students at school
B.to work hard at some subjects D.to have a cooperative attitude toward teachers
这是考核细节。从第一段可知答案为A。
8.Good children should____________________.B
A.never talk about their personal worries
B.care for their parents,brothers and sisters
C.consider something of their own interests
D.never get upset by their personal problems
这是考核细节。尤其对“be considerate”的正确理解,其意为“体贴的”。所以答案为B。
9.When there is disagreement between parents and children,good children should try to_______.D
A.get ready to talk nicely C.use an iron to keep calm
B.please their parents with something good D.Listen to their parents’opinions
这是考核细节和判断。文中第二段后半部分说到与家长有分歧时的做法,所以答案为D。
the last paragraph,the sentence“They never take it for granted that they are always in the right”means
they never____________.D
A.believe that they are always right
B. make sure that they are right
C.think it is true that they might not always be right
D.accept it as a matter of fact that they are always right
这是考核对短语“take„for granted„”的理解,其意为“视为当然”。所以答案为D。
参考译文:
好孩子在学校必须是好学生。他们应该努力学校各门功课,按时完成作业。他们应 该具备生活自理的能
力,尽量不过多依赖父母,独立思考,做事有计划。他们应该尊重老师,团结同学, 乐于助人。
在家里,好孩子应该有条理,做事勤奋。他们应该在完成学习作业之余帮助父母做家务,尊 重父母,无
论父母为他做什么都要心怀感激之情。他们应该体贴所有的家人。他们应该做让家人高兴和放 心的事情,而
不是让他们为自己的事情担心。当他们确实有必要告诉父母他们遇到的个人问题的时候,他 们应该谈吐温和
冷静,随时准备听取父母意见,因为父母人生经验更丰富。有不同意见的时候,好孩子应 该听取父母意见协
商统一观点。他们从来不理所当然地认为自己总是对的。相反,好孩子会很快通过听取 他人建议而学习。

Passage 2
This is an age of knowledge economy.The world changes every minute.New things appear every day:
telecommunication through man-made satellites;personal computer;into-highway;the World Wide Web or
the Internet.DAN profile,DAN testing and so on and so forth.New ideas appear every day too:environmen-
tal protection,global village,continuing education,open university and learning this ever- increasing
knowledge pushes forward the global economic development at a greater speed than has ever been known
before.
Traditionally,only teenagers go to school every day.After years of learning,they will go to
education they get at school is good enough for them to work well for their entire life don't have to
worry about it.But things are different now.It is almost impossible to learn everything just during one's school
days when one is young.New chances,new jobs are opening up.Our society is turning into a learning society.
Everyone in this society needs to keep on learning new things.
All of a sudden,you might find the knowledge you use in your work out of date and there is greater competition
in every field than ever before.If you are a farmer,you have to know how to use many different farming machines.If
you are a bank clerk,you must have good keyboard skills in using a computer rather than skills in using an abacus(算
盘).If you are a teacher,you should learn how to use the Internet to get information people feel that
their knowledge needs open universities come into offer people many different courses to
learn in their free or spare time.They are very flexible.People can study in these universities without quitting their
jobs.They can go in for degree courses or non-degree courses. They can study at any time or in any place they

45


want.
some experts in education say that open universities will have a very promising future;they will become
very popular in the 21st century to make every citizen keep pace with the world social and economic develop-
ment.
does the author say that this is an age of knowledge economy? A
e the world economy develops ever faster due to new knowledge.
e new ideas and new knowledge appear every day.
e the world is changing every minute at a very high speed.
e the knowledge about the world is increasing every day.
这是考核对第一段主题句 的理解。第一段主题句后,便进行分述,该段最后一句总结,呼应主题句,据
此可知答案为A。
ionally,only teenagers go to school every day,because________________.D
usually get good education at school when they are young
knowledge they get at school will secure their jobs for their whole life
knowledge they get at school will be good enough for them to work well
B and C
这是考核细节。从第二段第二、三句可以判断答案为D。
ing to the author,learning society is one in which everyone_____________.C
A.goes to school to learn new kwonledge
B.gets good education in pen universities
to keep on learning new things
D.Can find new chances to get a new job
这是考核作者的观点。从第二段的最后两个句子可以判断答案为C。
14. In the third paragraph,the sentence“Thus open universities come into being”means _____________.B
,open universities cometo everyone of us
B.as a result,people start to set up open universities
c.so much open universities have done in our society
D.because of this,universities have come to open to everyone
这是考核对短语“come into being”的理解,其意为“诞生”。因此答案为B。
universities,according to some experts,will_______________.B
A.be very flexible in the 21 century
B.be very popular in the 21 century
C.help people with their jobs
D.keep pace with the world social and economic davelopment
这是考核细节和判断。作者在最后一段有明确描述,所以答案为B。
参考译文:
这是一个知 识经济时代。世界每分钟都在发生变化。每天都出现新事物:通过人造卫星通信:个人电脑:
信息高速公 路;互联网或因特网,DNA基因图,DNA测试等等。每天也会出现新思想:环境保护,地球村,
继续 教育,开放大学和学习型社会。所有这些不断增长的知识以前所未有的速度推动全球经济发展。按传统,
只有青年人才每天上学。经过几年学习,他们就去工作。他们在学校接受的教育完全足够让他们一辈子工作
无忧。他们不必有任何后顾之忧。但是现在情况不同了。年轻人在学校不可能学会所有的事情。新的机会和新的工作接踵而来。我们的社会正在变成学习型的社会。在这个学习型社会里的每个人都需要不断地学习新< br>东西。
突然之间,你就发现你在工作中用的知识过时了,各个领域里的竞争都更加激烈。假如你 是农民,你必
须知道如何使用很多不同的农用机器。假如你是银行职员,你必须有熟练电脑键盘操作技术 ,而不是拨算盘
的技术。假如你是老师,你应该学会如何使用互联网获取世界各地的信息。许多人感到他 们的知识需要更新。
因此开放大学诞生了。开放大学在人们有空或闲暇时间提供许多不同的课程。这种大 学教学非常灵活。人们
可以不脱产学习。他们可以攻读学位或非学位课程。他们可以随时随地学习。 < br>一些教育界的专家说开放大学前景广阔;他们在21世纪非常受欢迎,使每个人都能跟上全球社会和经济发展的脚步。

46



————仿真自测16 Passage 1
Snra Elmer came to Shanghai last July from the Netherlands,and will remain here for the next couple of
worked at the Holiday Inn Hotel as a sales manager,“One important part of my job consists in staying
contact with consultant generals here.With a white face,it is easier for me to persuade people,”he
working in Shanghai,he worked for a Holiday Inn Hotel in Amsterdam. He was transferred here by an arrangement
between the hotels in Shanghai and Amsterdam.
Ask to comment on the differences between working in China and Europe,he said:“If anything, Chinese
colleagues tend to be more serious,while we Dutch like to crack jokes,”he said.He also said that in Amsterdam
everything goes faster and with fewer people.“In the Netherlands,we have to be efficient because salaries are high
and companies cannot employ so many people as they do here in China,”he said. He also said that he earned a bit
more here than in the Netherlands,and accommodation and meals are freely available. “I like Shanghai.Before
coming here I had no idea what China would be like.Now I have been here for nearly one year,I found people here
friendly,though I dislike people spitting on the ground.”He intended to work here for another two or three years,
depending on the hotel
6.From the passage. We know that Sura Elmer is________________.A
A.a Dutch
B. working for a Holiday Inn Hotel in Amsterdam
C.one of the consultant generals
D.going to stay in Shanghai for quite long
这是考核判断能力。文中先说,Sura Elmer来自the Netherlands,第二段中义引用他的话,“„while we
Ducch like to crack jokes„”据此可判断答案为A。
7 Sura Elmer came to Shanghai______________.D
A.as he signed a contract with Holiday Inn Hotel in Shanghai
B.because he wants to know something about China
C.for he likes Shanghai very much
D.according to an agreement between the hotels in Shanghai and Amsterdam
这是考核细节。从第一段最后一句可知答案为D。
8.Sura Elmeer's impression on his Chinese colleagues is that they_________than his colleagues in the Nether
1ands.B
A.do everything faster C.are more efficient
B.are more serious D.earn a little more
这是考核细节。从文中第二段前半部分可知答案为B。
9.In the second paragraph,the sentence, “„accommodation and meals are freely available”
means________________.B
A.accommodation and meals are offered in free time in the hotel
B.Sura Elmer eats and sleeps in the hotel flee of charge
C.Sura Elmer can stay and eat in the hotel anytime he thinks necessary
D.except accommodation,meals are offered freely in the hotel
这是考核细节和判断。“freely available'’指免费获得或提供,所以答案为B。
10.One thing that Sura Elmer dislikes in China is________________.C
A.one does not have to work hard to be efficient
B.salaries arelowe rthan what people ge tin Amsterdam
C.people spit on the ground
D.there are more people doing less work
这是考核细节。文中最后引用Sura Elmet的话中,说法十分明确,所以答案为C。
参考译文:
苏拉埃尔默去年7月从荷兰 来到上海,而且要在上海呆上几年。他在一家名叫“假日客栈”的旅馆担任
销售经理。“我在这里地另一 个任务是做做顾问,因为我长了一张白人面孔,所以很容易就能说服他人。”苏
拉埃尔默如是说道。再来 上海之前,他曾为阿姆斯特丹的一家旅馆工作。
当被问及中国和欧洲的区别时,他答道:“要真问 我有什么区别的话,那就是中国大学的课堂过于严肃
了。要知道我们荷兰人很喜欢恶作剧的。”他同时谈 到,阿姆斯特丹人口要少一些,而且生活节奏也要快一些。

47


“ 在荷兰,我们必须一刻不停的高效工作,因为薪酬很高,而且公司雇用不了那么多人。”他说道。他还说,
他在上海要比在荷兰挣得更多,而且食宿也相当自由。
“我很喜欢上海,再来中国之前我根本不知 道中国是个什么样,现在我在中国呆了近一年了,我发现这
里的人很友善,虽然我很讨厌他们随地吐痰这 个坏毛病。”他打算继续在中国工作两到三年,这要取决于公司。

Passage 2
“Are you the happiest man in the world?”When asked this question,most people would say don't
think they are the happiest of the people around them. They would point out that one of their neighbors is happier
than any one of them.“Doctor Frank has a career himself.His wife is the most beautiful and well educated lady in
the community.No,I don’t think I am happier than Doctor Frank. At least my career is not as successful as his.
Most of us compare ourselves with anyone we think is happier----a relative,a close friend or,often,someone we
even hardly know.I once met a young man who struck me as particularly successful and happy. He spoke of his love
for his beautiful wife and their daughters,and of his joy at being a Tv talk- show host.I remember thinking he was one
of the lucky few for whom everything goes effortlessly right. Once we talked about the internet, he is grateful for its
existence.He told me,because he could look up information on diabetes(糖尿病).The terrible disease that made his
wife suffer and could possibly be passed down to his lovely children.When I heard this. I felt like a fool for taking it
for granted that nothing Unhappy existed in his 1ife.
This made me think a lot and I soon drew one of the most significant conclusions about happiness:there is little
relationship between the situations of people's lives and how happy they are.We all know people who are richer and
have an easier life than they are essentially unhappy.And we know people who have suffered a great deal
but generally remain happy.Unhappiness is like looking at something and fixing on even the smallest fault. As a bald
man told me,“Whenever I enter a room,all I see is hair,
It is hard for us to give up the imagine of ”. As nothing is can be unhappy.It takes
no courage or effort to be unhappy.True happiness lies in struggling to be happy.
ing to the author,most people would________they are the happiest in the world.D
whether C.think about whether
B.1ike to think that D.not think that
这是考核作者的观点。第一段开始作者即提出问题,并按一般人的情况,给出否定回答,据此可知答 案为
D。
author thinks that people quite often compare themselves with ___________. C
A. a close friend C.anyone we think is happier
B a relative D.someone we even hardly know
这是考核作者的观点。第二段第一句即说明此点,所以答案为c。
is not true about the young man the author once met with ? B
A. He is a TV talk-show host.
B. Everything goes effortlessly right for him.
C.He loves his wife and their daughters.
D.He is very happy with his work and his life.
这是考核判断能力。第二段前后对照来读,可以判断出答案为B。
talking with the young man about the Internet,the author realise_________. A
A.that he is mistaken in thinking nothing unhappy existed in the latter’s life
grateful the young man is for the existence of the Internet
terribly the young mans wife suffer from the disease--diabetes
there is a lot of information one can look up in the Internet
这是考核细节。第二段最后一句明确提示答案为A。
significant conclusion the author draws about happiness is that ________. D
A it is hard for us to give up the image of“being perfect”
iness is like looking at something and fixing on even the smallest fault
people who have suffered a great deal but generally remain happy
happiness lies in struggling to be happy
这是考核中心思想。文中最后一句话有明确陈述,所以答案为D。
参考译文:

48


你是世界上最幸福的人吗?当大多数人被问到此问题时,回答是否定的 ,他们并不认为自己比身边的
人更幸福.他们可能会说,他们的某一个邻居比其他人都幸福.博士有他自 己辉煌的事业,他的妻子
也是社区里最漂亮和最有学识的女人.不,我不认为我比他更幸福,至少我的事 业就没有他那么成功.
大多数人都会拿一些他们认为比自己幸福的人作比较—亲戚、好友,有时候甚至我 们不知道自己在跟谁
比。曾经,我遇到一个非常成功和幸福的男人,他在主持脱口秀时向他的妻子和女儿 表达爱意和愉快的样
子,让我觉得他是少数的幸运儿,这一切对他们来说都看似毫不费力。有一次跟他在 网上聊天,他很感谢
网络的存在。他可以查到到关于糖尿病的信息,他说他妻子受到糖尿病痛苦折磨并可 能遗传给他们可爱的
女儿。我听到这个消息的时候,我像一个傻子一样,还理所当然地认为他生活中没有 任何不高兴的事情存
在。
这让我思考良久,旋即我在心中刻划出有关幸福的最有意义的影像: 一个人幸福与否跟他的生活处境几
乎没有关系。我们都知道,那些有钱人比我生活更容易,可是他们不一 定比我们更幸福,而也有很受过重
大挫折的人能幸福的生活。不幸福就像是我们在寻找什么东西犯了最无 足轻重的错误,就如一个光头告诉
我,“每当我进入一个房间,我看到的全是头发。”
让我们 放弃“成就完美”的想像很难,然而金无足赤,任何都可能不幸福。没有不高兴的勇气和努力,
真正的幸 福存在于幸福的追求当中。

————仿真自测17 Passage 1
I used to think education was the most important thing in my life.Recently my attitude has begun to
changed,although I still hold that it is essential for everyone in the world today. As a top junior student in my
college,I was asked to make a speech on how to learn English well.Standing in front of the audience facing so
many freshmen, I was trembling. I didn’t remember any word that I had prepared.I ran out of the conference
room without finishing my speech,leaving everyone puzzled I cried that night in my room,feeling that I was
a g takes so much of my time that I feel unable to really develop myself.I am just storing know-
edge; yet fail to communicate with others.I have received many awards in school,but they don't necessarily
reflect anything about me. I don't know how to socialize.When I leave school I fear I will be of no use to
society.
I realize that everyone has her or his own way of living.I want to change my lifestyle. Of course I will
keep studying.Yet I plan to look for a part time job,which might turn out to be a good chance to get to know
society.I still believe that working my hardest does make me happy. I will still stay on in college,but I will
not allow it to shelter me from the real world.
6.From this passage,we know tha the author_______C
A.does not think education is the most important thing in her life any more
B thinks that communication with other people is more important than education
C.realizes that it is more important to really develop oneself 'than just to store knowledge
D.comes to learn how important it is to make a public speech
这是考核 概括中心思想的能力。第一段作者以自身经历揭示主题,第二段作者通过反思揭示主题.据此判
断答案为 C。
7.By saying that she is“a top junior student,the author means that she is______A
A.a student in her third year in college C.younger than most students in college
B.a very young college student D.shorter than others in college
这是考核细节,尤其是对junior stu dent一词在此语境下的正确理解。英语中,freshman,sophomore.junior
和senior分别指大学一、二、三、四年级学生。所以答案为A。
8.The author thinks the awards she has received________D
A.show that she is a top student
B.show how much time she has spent in learning
C.mean she only knows how to learn,but not how to socialize
D.don't necessarily reflect her real self
这是考核作者的观点。文中第一段后半部分显示答案为D。
9.The author fears that she will be of no use to society,mainly because____________.B
A.she feels she is a loser

49


B she does not know how to communicate with others
C.studying takes too much of her time
D.she is unable to develop herself
这是考核细节和判断。文中第一段后半部分显这是考核细节和判断。文中第一段后半部分显示答案为B。
10.Which of the following statements is not true according to the passage
to find a part time job? D
A.The job might enable her to get to know society.
B.She wants to change her lifestyle.
C.Working part time while studying will make her happy·
D.She wants to get some shelter from the real world.
这是考核判断 能力。文中最后一段提到了A,B,C各条,唯有说到坚持学习时,表示不能由于学习而脱离
真实的社会 ,所以答案为D。
参考译文:
从前我认为教育是在我的生活最重要的事。最近,我的态 度已开始发生变化,虽然我仍然认为它对大多
数人来说是在当今世界上不可或缺的。我在大三年级是一名 优等生,我受邀请做一遍如何学好英语的演讲。
当我站在观众席前面对众多的大一新生时,我颤抖起来。 我不记得任何我准备要说的话。我没有完成发言就
跑出了会议室,让每个人都感到疑惑。那天晚上在房间 里我哭了,觉得我是一个失败者。学习花费了我很多
时间,但我觉得无法真正发展自己。我只是储存知识 ,但不能与其他人沟通。在学校我获得不少奖项,但他
们并不一定能反映什么。我不懂社交。当我离开学 校,我怕我对社会没有用。我知道每个人都有她或他自己
的方式生活。我想改变我的生活方式。当然,我 会继续学习。不过,我打算找一个兼职的工作,这可能会成
为了解社会好机会。我仍然觉得要尽我努力使 我自己开心。我仍然会留在大学,但我不会允许它把我从现实
世界隔离。

passage2
As our cell phones get smarter,smaller and faster,and enable users to connect at high speeds to the inter-
net, an obvious question arises: is the mobile handset into the next computer? In one sense, it already has.
Today's most complicated mobile phones have the processing power of a mid-1990s PC while using 100
times less electricity. And more|and more of today's mobile phones have computer-like features,allowing their
owners to send e-mails,browse(浏览)the Web and even take photos;84 million mobile Phones with digital
cameras were shipped last year.We ask the question whether mobile phones will ever overshadow or replace
the PC, and the issue suddenly becomes questionable.PC supporters say mobile phones are too smaill and con-
nect too slowly to the internet to become effective at tasks now performed on the large screens and keyboards
0f today's computer. Fans of the mobile phones respond: just wait.Coming techniques will solve the limitation
of the mobile phone .“One day,two or three billion people will have cell phones,and they are not going to
have PCs,” says one inventor of the smart phone and the chief technology officer of an important smart phone

company.“The mobile phone will become their digital life.”
The inventer's a newest product,the shiny,slim pocket- size cell phone,has a tiny keyboard,a built-in
digital camera and narrow openings for added memory. The smart phone market makes up only five percent of
overall mobile phone sales today,but the figure has been doubling each year.In the United States, it's the bus-
iness crowd that's primarily buying these handsets.“What makes the smart phone so much better than the com-
puter is that it's always with you,always up and always ready,”says one of them,who works in an 80-mem-
ber law firm,which recently started giving its lawyers smart phones instead of laptops
author believes that the mobile phone has already turned into the next computer to some extent,since
_________.B
of the mobile phones today have the processing power of a mid-1990s PC
and more of today's mobile phones have computer like features
C. 84 million mobile phones with digital cameras were shipped last year
phones get smarter,smaller and faster,and enable users to connect at high speeds to the Internet
这是考核作者的观点。第一段刚开始作者即提出问题,并给出肯定的回答,据此可知答案为B。
12.PC supporters believe that__________in the future. D

50


阅读与理解练习题及答案
Passage 1
My mother raised me as best as she could,taking on odd jobs in the neighborhood for money.Still without a father
to tell me how to act and what was expected of me,I felt lost.1 wandered for years and got involved with tough guys
on the East Side of New York.They would fight madly over a dropped coin.They would steal to get what they
wanted.I wanted to be like them.
It was lucky for me that I left the city and entered a world of discipline,after following my mothers advice.During
three years of military service,I had time to rethink my life,and my thoughts often ran to my mother.I realized
suddenly just how much of a heartache I must have been to her,how little I had noticed her suffering.When my father
left this world.my mother was completely alone.To support us,my mother cleaned apartments and took in washing
and ironing from the neighbors.And as she worked hard at this labor,she kept her head high.Each week she would
bring a pile of books home from the library and read to us.My mother had wanted nothing more,than for me to turn
into an honest responsible man.But I had acted against her. Finally,almost too late l had the sense to feel shame.
Ten years passed and I returned to the apartment On the East Side.I knew I wouldn’t fall back in with the wrong
people,although I still wasn’t sure where I was heading.My mother,I could tell.was worried about me.In my
neighborhood, to become a police officer or a firefighter was a mark of significant social success and achievement.
For me it was an opportunity for a real start in life. I wondered if I was up to it.but I knew that it was time to try.When
I found myself in the big hall raising my hands to take the firefighters oath (誓言)of office,my mother was sitting a
few rows behind with a smile of relief.She knew that at last I was off on lifes road and moving steadily.Her smile
said,“My job is finally done.”
1.From this story,we may guess that the East Side of New York must be a____C_______area
A.commercial B.rich C.poor D.distant
本题考判断能力。从作者对自己经历的叙述,可以判断他生活在穷人区,所以答案为c。
2.The author used to behave himself________D___________.
A. oddly B.toughly C.remarkably D.badly
本题考概括能力。第一段和第二段都表明作者曾经跟坏人混在一起,所以答案为D。
3.From the context,we understand that “odd jobs”in the first paragraph refer to jobs____B_____.
A.of cleaning,washing and ironing C. which one can make extra money With
B.which are not regular or fixed D.with house work
本题考根据上下文猜测词语的能力。odd jobs指的是“零活,打零工”,第二段中所说washing等是举例,所
以答案为B。
4.In the first sentence of the,second paragraph.the author says.“It was lucky for me that...”The lucky
experience he talks about here is his experience of______A______.
A. the three years of military service
B.leaving a world of discipline
C.leaving the city and his mother
D.remembering the books his mother read to her children
本题考推理能力。作者说幸运,显然是指后面一句提到的三年军队生活经历,因此答案为A。
5. What is not true according to the passage? B
A.After her husband died,his mother did all available jobs to support the family.
B.The author was surprised that he was accepted as a firefighter.
C. The author finally realized that his mother always wanted him to be an honest and responsible man.
D.In face of poverty,his mother never lowered her head.She bravely struggled on.
本题考概括和判断能力。A,C,D各条内容在文中都 有叙述,作者对自己的前途虽然没有把握,但对自己
去争取一个新的生活还是充满信心,所以答案为B。

参考译文:母亲通过在附近打零工挣点钱,尽她最大的能力把我抚养大。但是没有父亲告诉我 应该怎么
做,我应该期待什么.我迷茫了...几年来我一直在彷徨,并混入了纽约贫民区的一帮凶悍的 青年。他们可以为
了一枚掉了的硬币疯狂打架,他们会用偷的形式获得他们想要的,我想和他们一样。
幸运的是,离开了城市之后,通过遵循母亲的指导我进入了一个有序的世界,三年的军役生活让我重思我 的
生活。我的思绪常常飘到母亲那里。突然间我认识到我带给了她多大的麻烦,而我却很少注意到他的痛 苦。
自从父亲不在后,母亲非常孤独。为了抚养我们,母亲为邻居打扫房间,洗、熨衣服。虽然她以这种 工作拼
命挣钱,却始终保持很高的思想觉悟。每周她都会从图书馆买一大堆的书回家,读给我们听。母亲 只想让我

1


做一个负责任的人,其它再别无所求。但是我却与他唱 反调。最后我才觉得有愧于她,但几乎太晚了。
十年过去了,我又回到了贫民区的那个家。尽管我不确 定我未来的人生路该往哪去,但是绝不会再和那些家
伙混在一起。我能够感觉出母亲为我担心。我的邻居 们认为,能做一名警官或是消防员就代表着社会上的成
功。而对我来说那就是新生活开始的机会。我想知 道我能否等到那一刻,可是我知道现在应该试一试了。我
不知道是否能达到这个标准,但我知道这是该尝 试的时候了。当我站在大厅里举起我的手作为作消防员就职
宣誓时,我的母亲就坐在后几排,如释重负。 她知道我最终走上了生活的道路并稳定下来了,她的微笑告诉
我:“我的任务完成了。”


Passage 2
PALO ALTO,California—“Switching off the television may help prevent children from getting fatter,even if they
do not change their diet or increase the amount they exercise.”US researchers said last week.
A study of 192 third and fourth graders,generally aged eight and nine,found that children who cut the number of
hours spent watching television gained nearly two pounds(0.9kg)less over a one-year period than those who did not
change their television diet.
“The findings are important because they show that weight loss can only be the result of a reduction in television
viewing and not any other activity,”said Thomas Robinson,a pediatrician(儿科专家)at Stanford University.
“American children spend an average of more than four hours per day watching television and videos or playing
video games,and rates of childhood being very fat have doubled over the past 20 years,”Robinson said.
In the study,presented this week to the Pediatric Academic Societies’annual meeting in San Francisco,the
researchers persuaded about 100 of the students to reduce their television viewing by one-quarter to one-third.
Children watching fewer hours of television showed a significantly smaller increase in waist size and had less
body fat than other students who continued their normal television viewing,even though neither group ate a special diet
or took part in any extra exercise.
“One explanation for the weight loss could be the children unstuck to the television may simply have been moving
around more and burning off calories,”Robinson said.“Another reason might be due to eating fewer meals in front of
the television.Some studies have suggested that eating in front of the TV encourages people to eat more,”Robinson
said.
6. The author tries to tell us in the first two paragraphs that_______D___________.
A.children will get fatter if they eat too much
B.children will get thinner if they eat less
C.children will get fatter if they spend less time watching TV
D.children will get fatter if they spend more time watching TV
本题考细节。答案在文章第一段第一句,文中的 “switching off”相当于“closing”。答案为D。
7.According to the passage,the time American children usually spend on watching TV_____A_____.
A.is more than four hours a day C.doubled in the last twenty years
B.is less than four hours a day D.is more than on any other activities
本题考细节。答案在文章第四段第一句。答案为A。
8. The time the group of children in the study spent on TV viewing every day is Suggested to be about
____C_________.
A.six hours B.eight hours C.three hours D. one hour
本题考细节与推理。答案在文章第五段最后一句“...reduce their television viewing by one-quarter to one
—third ”(将他们看电视的时间缩短了四分之一到三分之一)。注意reduce...by..表示“缩短了„„”, 而
reduce„„ t0„„表示“缩短为„„”。经推算,答案应为C。
9.Which one of the following is right?______B_________
A.Children usually eat less while watching TV.
B. Children usually eat more while watching TV.
C Children eat the same amount of food while watching TV.
D.Children usually eat nothing while watching TV.
本题考细节。答案在文章第七段最后一句“...eating in front of the TV encourages people to eat more”。答案为B。
10.Why can watching TV increase kidsweight according to the passage?______D_________
A.Because kids usually eat more while watching TV.
B.Because kids burn off fewer calories.

2


C.Because kids change their diet while watching TV.
D.Both A and B.
本题考细节和判 断。答案在第七段,孩子若不守着电视机,就会动得多一些,消耗更多的热量。答案为D。
参考译文:
帕洛阿尔托, 加利福尼亚州—“关掉电视有助于防止儿童发胖,即使他们不改变他们的饮食结构也不增加运动量,”美国研究者上周说。
一项针对192人,三到四年级,总体年龄在八岁和九岁的 孩子调查发现那些在一年里减少数小时看
电视时间的孩子比不改变看电视时间的孩子体重减少近两磅(0 .9公斤)。
“这个发现非常重要,因为这表明减肥仅仅是减少看电视时间的结果,跟其他活动无关, ”斯坦福
大学儿科专家托马斯·鲁宾逊说。
“美国孩子平均每天花费四小时看电视和视频或者 玩视频游戏,儿童肥胖比例是20年前的两倍,”
鲁宾逊说。
本周,这项报告将在旧金山举行 的儿科学术学会上提出,研究者说服100名学生将他们看电视的时
间缩短了四分之一到三分之一。 < br>和那些继续保持看电视时间的学生相比,这些孩子看电视的时间越少,他们腰围尺寸增加越少,身
体脂肪越少,而且两者都没有吃特别的饮食或参加额外的运动。
“体重减少的一个解释就是孩子们不再 黏在电视前可能仅仅是去运动起来燃烧卡路里,”鲁宾逊说,
“另外一个原因可能由于看电视少了,在电 视机前吃的东西更少了。有些研究提出待在电视机前吃东西
鼓励人们吃的更多,”鲁宾逊说。

Passage 3
Airline companies are responsible for transporting your luggage.If you cannot recover it at the point of
arrival.you must inform the airline immediately.They will early out the necessary search.If the luggage is re
covered.it will be delivered to your place of residence.If you wish to insure your luggage,you may do so at your own
expense.
Some airlines restrict luggage weight to 44 pounds(20 kg);in other cases,there is no weight restriction,but you
are not allowed more than two pieces of luggage.Inquire about luggage allowances from the airline with which you
will be traveling.However,you must pay extra for excess luggage,which is not reimbursed (补偿)by Canadian
International Development Agency(CIDA).
Each suitcase,bag or package must be clearly labeled with your name and destination. If you do not know the
exact destination address at the time of your departure,label your luggage in care of(由„„代收) me executing agency
whose name appears in the Training Agreement,using the following model:
Surname.first name
Name of your country
Address of the executing agency
City,country,postal code
Telephone number of executing agency
If you do not have this information,please label your luggage with the name and address of the institution you are
to attend in Canada.If none of these details are available,you can use CIDA’s address.
11.If you can’t find your luggage at the point of arrival,airline companies will try to find it and_____B________.
A.ask you to insure your luggage C. inform you about its recovery
B.deliver it to where you live D.ask you to pay some money for it
本题考细节。答案在文章第一段第四句。“place of residence”相当于答案中的“where you消息live”,可知答案
为B。
12.Before taking your air trip,you have to make sure_____A_____.
A.of the restrictions on luggage
B.of the insurance for luggage
C. who will pay for the excess luggage
D.how much CIDA will pay for the excess luggage
本题考细节。答案在文章第二段第二句。“luggage allowances”相当于答案中的“restrictions on luggage”,
可知答案为A。
13.The charge for the excess luggage should be paid by_______B__________.
A.CIDA C.the insurance company

3


B.the passenger D.the executing agency
本 题考细节。答案在文章第二段第三句。文中的“you”代表的就是答案中的“passenger”,可知答案 为B。

14.In case you have no idea at all where to send your luggage.you can first send it to the address of
_____D___________provided you have the information.
A.the institution you are to attend
B.the airline you travel with
C.CIDA
D. the executing agency given in the Training Agreement
本题考细节。答案在文章第三段第二句,可知答案为D。
15. The passage is mainly about CIDA’s advice on____D_______.
A.the charge of your luggage C.the insurance of your luggage
B.the recovery of your luggage D.the transportation of your luggage
本题考主旨,测试对全文的通篇理解。文章第一句就提到了“Airline companies are responsible for transporting
your luggage”。后面解释如何负责,第二段介绍了“luggage restriction”.第三段介绍了如何填写“destination
address”。整体来看,文章都在讲托运行李中的一系列问题,故答案为D。
参考译文:
航空公司有责任帮你运输行李。如果你没有在到达的时候拿到行李,你必须立即通 知航空公司。
他们会做必要的寻找。如果重新找到了行李,他们会通知你的住处。如果你想要对行李进行 保险,你需
要自己付费。
有些航空公司规定行李的重量不能超过44磅(20公斤),其他航 空公司对行李的重量没有限制,
但是行李的件数不能超过两件。可以向你将要乘坐的航班询问行李是否被 允许。对与超过规定的行李要
承担额外的费用,对此加拿大国际发展机构不会进行补偿。
每件 行李,包或者箱子都必须清楚地标上你的姓名和目的地。如果你起飞时不知道到达的确切地
点,可以标上 由执行机构(旅游公司)代收的字样,就是旅行协议上出现的名字。可用以下模式:

国家名
执行机构(旅游公司)的地址
城市名,国家名,邮编
执行机构(旅游公司)的电话号码
如果你没有这些信息,请在行李上标上你在加拿大到过的机 构的名字和地址。如果这些信息都没
有,你可以用CIDA(加拿大国际发展机构)的地址。

Passage 4
To us it seems so natural to put up an umbrella to keep the water off when it rains.But actually the am- brella was
not invented as protection against rain.Its first use was as a shade(遮光物)against the sun!
obody knows who first invented it,but the umbrella was used in very ancient times.Probably the first to use it
were the Chinese,way back in the 11 century BC.
We know that the umbrella was used in ancient Egypt and Babylon as a sunshade.And there was a strange thing
connected with its use:it became a symbol of honour and authority.In the Far East in ancient times,the umbrella was
allowed to be used only by royalty or by those in high office.
In Europe,the Greeks were the first to use the umbrella as a sunshade.And the umbrella was in common use in
ancient Greece.But it is believed that the first persons in Europe to use the umbrella as protection against the rain were
the ancient Romans.
During the Middle Ages,the use of the umbrella practically disappeared.Then it appeared again in Italy in the late
16th century And again it was considered a symbol of power and authority.By 1680,the umbrella appeared in France,
and later on in England.
By the 18th century,the umbrella was used against rain throughout most of Europe.Umbrellas have not changed much
in style during aU this time.though they have become much lighter in wasnt until the 20th century that
womens umbrellas began to be made,in a whole variety of colours.
16.According to this passage,the umbrella was probably first invented_______A___________.
A.in ancient China C.in ancient Greece
B.in ancient Egypt D.in ancient Rome

4


本题考推理能力。根据文章第二段内容推断,答案应为A。
17 Which of the following statements is not true about the umbrella?________C________.
A.No one exactly knows who was the inventor of the umbrella.
B.The umbrella was first invanted to be used as protection against the sun.
C.The umbrella changed much in style in the 18th century.
D.In Europe,the Greeks were the first to use the umbrella.
本题考细节。由最后一段第一、二句可知,答案应为c。
18.A sffange feature of the umbrellas use is that it was once used as_______B________
A.protection against rain C.a shade against the sun
B.a symbol of honour and power D.womens decoration
本题考细节。答案在文章第三段的第二句,答案为B。
19.In Europe.the umbrella was first used against the rain_____C___.
A.during the Middle Ages C.in Rome
B.in the 18th century D.in Greece
本题考细节和判断。由文章第四段最后一句内容判断,答案应为c。
20.This passage talks mainly about______________D___________.
A.when and how the umbrella was invented
B why the umbrella was once so popular in Europe
C the development of the umbrella
D.the history and use of the umbrella
本题考中心思想。通读全文,最佳答案应为D。
参考译文:
对我们来说,下雨时撑开伞挡雨是那么自然的事,但事实上,伞的发明并不是用于 防下雨,它最早
是用来遮挡阳光的。
无人知晓究竟是谁最先发明了伞,但伞的使用已经非常悠 久。很可能最早使用伞的是中国人,那是
远在公元前11世纪的事了。
伞在古埃及和巴比伦 是被当作遮阳伞使用的,而且还有一桩与使用遮阳伞有关的奇事,即它是荣誉
和权力的象征。在古代的远 东,撑伞只限用于王家贵族。
在欧洲,希腊人最早使用阳伞。伞的普遍使用也是在古希腊。而欧洲第 一个用伞来挡雨的是古罗马
人。
在整个中世纪,伞几乎没人使用。后来它的再次出现,是在 16世纪的意大利,并仍被视为权力和
威严的象征。1680年,伞出现在法国,稍后是英国。 在18世纪时期,欧洲大部分地区到处使用伞来挡雨,伞的形式在这段时间没有很大的变化,尽管
它 们在重量上变得更轻了。直到20世纪,女用伞才被制造出来,并且花色逐渐繁多了。


Passage 5
As far back as 700 BC,man has talked about children being cared for by wolves. Romulus and Remns,founders of
ancient Rome,were said to have been brought up by wolves.It is believed that when a she-wolf loses her litter,she
tries to find a human baby to take its place.
This seemingly unreasonable idea did not become believable until the nineteenth century when a French doctor
actually found a boy wandering in a forest.The boy had no clothes on and was judged to be ten years old by some
experts.He did not walk straight up like a human being,but with both his hands and feet touching the ground .The boy
could not speak but howled like a wolf.He did not eat any cooked food but raw meat such as hare,deer,or goat meat.
He knew nothing about the relationships among human families.Finally the doctor won the boys trust,and the boy
started to obey him. After many long years of devoted and patient instruction,the doctor managed to get the boy to
dress himself in clothes and feed himself as a human being does.With great difficulty,the doctor was able to make the
wolf-boy recognize and speak quite a few words.
21.According to the passage.it is believed that______B_______
A.wolf- children are a common occurrence existing in every country every century
B.the unusual occurrence of wolf-children has existed for over twenty centuries
C.she-wolves enjoy looking after a human baby instead of her own child
D.human beings are curious about wolf- children

5


本题考细节。答案在文章第一段第一句。700 Bc指公元前700年,距现在(21世纪)超过2 ooo#:,故答案
为B。
22. Except that the boy knew nothing about the relationships among human families,_____C_______facts could
show that he was a wolf-child.
A.two B.three C.four D. many
本题考细节。答案在第二段第二句到第五句,每一句都是一个除题 目中提到的fact以外的fact,故答案为
C。
23.The word“litter”in the first paragraph probably refers to_____C_______.
A.a hare C.newly-born wolves
B. the boy D. another she-wolf
本题考猜测词义。litter的意思是“仔畜”,故答案为C。
24. It took the doctor a long time to manage to get the wolf- child to______A_______.
A. return to what it means to be a human being C.remember his own family and name
B.forget his wolf life D.speak like a human child
本题考细节。答案在文章第二段结束部分。“...dress himself in clothes and feed himself as a uman being does”
和“...recognize and speak quite a few words”都属于人类行为,故答案为A。
25.Only after many long years of devoted and patient instruction did the doctor manage to____C_________.
A.win the boys trust and make the boy obey him
B.make the boy walk straight up like a human being
C. get the boy to dress himself in clothes and feed himself as a human being does
D.both A and B
本题考细节。答案在文章第二段倒数第二句,答案为c。
参考译文:
公元前700年,人们就谈论狼养人的故事。古罗马的发现者Romulus 和Remns据说就是由狼带大
的。人们相信当母狼失去了他的孩子,它就试着找一个婴儿来代替。 < br>这个不可思议的说法直到19世纪才得到证实。那时一个法国医生真的发现一个小男孩在森林里游
荡,那个男孩没有穿衣服。有些专家估计他大概十岁,他不是像人类那样直身行走,而是双手双脚触地
走 。那男孩不会说话,只会像狼一样地吼。他不吃煮过的食物,而是吃像野兔、鹿、羊这样的生肉。他
不知 道任何人类的家庭关系。结果那个医生取得了男孩的信任,男孩也开始听从医生。经过很多年的努
力和耐 心指导,医生成功的使得那个男孩可以像人类那样自己穿衣服,自己吃东西。又经过很大努力,
医生教会 了男孩认识并说一些字。


Passage 6
Until the twentieth century cigarette smoking was not a widespread habit.The cigarette industry started in the
1870,s with the development of cigarette manufacturing machines.It helped produce great numbers of cigarettes very
quickly and reduced the price greatly.And consequently more and more people,both men and women,began to smoke
cigarettes.Men as a group,however,smoke more than the highest proportion of smokers is found in the
age group of 24-44.regardless of sex difference.
Income,education,and occupation all play a part in determining a persons smoking habits.City people smoke more
than people living on farms.Well-educated men with high incomes are less likely to smoke cigarettes than men with
fewer years of schooling and lower incomes.On the other hand,if a well-educated man with a higher income smokes at
all.he is likely to smoke more packs of cigarettes per day.
The situation is somewhat different for woman.There are slightly more smokers among women with higher
family incomes and higher education than among the lower income and lower education groups These more highly
educated women tend to smoke more heavily.
Among teenagers the picture is similar.There are fewer teenage smokers from upper-income,well-educated
families,and fewer from families living in farm areas.High school students who are preparing for college are less
likely to smoke than those who do not plan to continue their education after high school.Children are most likely to
start smoking if one or both of their parents smoke.
26.When did cigarette smoking begin to become a widespread habit among men and women according to the
author?__________C________________.
A Before the 1870s.

6


B.In the year of l870.
C.When cigarettes were made in large numbers.
D.When women began to smoke cigarettes.
本题考细节。从第一段可知答案为c。
27.Among which age group of people are you likely to find the highest proportion of cigarette smokers
according to the passage?____B_________
A. Teenagers. C.People over fifty.
B.People in their thirties. D.Students under twenty.
本题考细节推理。从第一段最后一句推断,答案为B。
28. Which of the following has little to do with a persons smoking habit?______D_________
A.How much money he earns. C.How much education hes got.
B.What kind of iob he does. D.How long he has worked.
本题考细节和判断。本问题巾“has little to do with. ..”的意思是“与„„没有关系”。参考第二段第一句“收
入、教育和职业在决定一个人的抽烟习惯方 面都发挥作用”,即知答案为D。
29. Which of the following is true according to the passage?_______B_________
A.Well-paid men with good education are more likely to smoke.
B.Women with high family incomes and good education are more likely to smoke.
C.Generally speaking,well-educated women with higher incomes smoke very few cigarettes.
D.Well-educated men usually smoke more packs of cigarettes than well-educated women.
本题考细节和判断。仔细阅读第二、三段,便会得知答案为B。
30.What does the author mean by saying“Among teenagers the picture is similar.”in the last
paragraph?_______C_________
A.Teenagers smoke as many cigarettes as adults.
B.There are as many teenager smokers as adult smokers.
C. Family income and education have much the same effect on forming smoking habits among teenagers.
D.Teenager smokers have a photo that looks similar to that of adult smokers.
本 题考概括和判断能力。这里picture的意思不是“图片”,而是“隋形,局面”。该句应该与第二段第一句
联系起来理解,即青少年吸烟与成人吸烟的情形相类似,同样与家庭收入、教育等因素相关,所以答案为 c。
参考译文:
直到20世纪吸烟才成为的世界范围内的习惯。香烟产业 始于18世纪70年代香烟制造机器的发展。
这些机器能大批量地生产香烟,而且香烟生产得又快价格又 便宜。结果不论男女越来越多的人开始吸烟。
然而男人作为一个群体来看,比女人吸烟更厉害。男性吸烟 群体普遍高于女性,男女性吸烟者的年龄主
要集中在24-44岁之间。
收入、教育和职业在 决定一个人的抽烟习惯方面都发挥作用。城市吸烟者比农村的多,受过良好教
育且高收入的男人比在校学 生及低收入的人其吸烟的可能性要少。另一方面,如果受过良好教育且收入
又高的男士同样也吸烟的话, 那么,他每天很可能得抽几包烟。
对于女性而言,情况则有所不同。家庭富裕且受过高等教育的女性, 其吸烟率要高于低收入且受教
育程度较低的女性群体。越是那些受过高等教育的女性吸烟越严重。
在十几岁的青少年当中也有类似情况,那些来自高收入、高知识家庭和乡村家庭的孩子吸烟的人 数
较少。准备考大学的高中生比那些高中毕业后就不打算继续学习的高中生不容易吸烟。如果父母双方或
一方吸烟的话,孩子则很可能开始吸烟。


Passage 7
Today,computers are a huge and fast-moving field of technology.Smaller,more powerful and userfriendly
equipment is developed almost daily.
Charles Babbage,a British inventor,is sometimes called the father of the conmputer.In 1823,he started to build
a machine that could do sums and print out the results.The machine was far ahead of its ,it was so
complicated that he never finished making it over a century later,people were still trying to build efficient counting
machines.They were so big that they filled entire rooms and weighed,many these huge counting machines
were not really computers—they did not have memories.
Modern computers use complicated data memory systems to handle information,either as computer memory or
data on stored disks and CDs.The data can be words,numbers,pictures or a mixture of all three. Modem computer

7


memories can store more data than a roomful of filing boxes They use tiny electric currents.and have thousands of
circuits inside them,put tightly,into tiny“chips”.
Before it can be read by the computer,the data has to be tamed into an electronic code of very small on-off Dulses
or signals.These signals are made and translated by small switches within the“chips”.
Internet pioneer Dr.Vinton Cerf is called Father of the Internet.He loves to answer peoples questions about the
Internet whenever he meets years ago Cerf and Robert Kahn developed the structure for the
Internet.Their work brought about the rapid growth of the Internet.In 1983 there were about 50,000 users and the
number has grown to more than 360 million today. When he was asked if he ever expected the Internet to become so
popular, said the number was a surprise.
He pointed out one of the key issues facing the net today as privacy and said we could not avoid having e-mails
seen or monitored by others.“It happened with the telephone system and it will certainly happen with e-mail.There are
tools to fight against it,but the problem is that right now its not easy enough to use them”.He also pointed out that the
junk emails and the unwelcome materials such as porn on the Internet was a worry,but it was difficult to stop.
He said.“Theres no way to stop it technically—but the Internet is a mirror of mankind.If we dont like what we
see in the mirror,then touching up the mirror is not the answer.”
31.According to the passage,as early as_____B_______,people started trying to build a computer
A.twenty years ago C.a century ago
B.almost two hundred years ago D.360 million days ago
本题考细节的准确性。从第二段可以断定,答案为B。
32.According to the passage,the computers we use today are different from those old huge counting machines
mainly in that________D____________.
A. they are very small C.they use tiny electric currents
B.they can handle information D.they have memories
本题考细节和判断。第二段最后一句明确提示答案为D。
33. What makes it possible for a computer to mad the data? A
A.The data has to be turned into an electronic code of small on-off signals.
B.The data has to be translated into English by a translator.
C.The data must be turned into words,numbers,and pictures.
D.The data must be put into tiny“chips”.
本题考细节,即对第三、四段内容的理解。第四段第一句明确提示答案为A。
34.Dr.Vinton Cerf_______D__________.
A. pushes forward the rapid growth of the Internet by asking peoples questions about it
B.believes that there are tools to fight against privacy
C.thinks that e-mail will certainly be as popular as telephones
D.never expected the internet could be so popular
本题考判断能力。从第五段后半部分可以判断,答案为D。
35. Ceff compared the Internet to a mirror.When he said,“If we dont like what we see in the mirror,then
touching up the mirror is not the answer,”he probably meant that____C_________.
A.techniques will help human beings work better with the Internet
B.we will never be able to deal with the problem of the Internet
C.what we should do is to change peoples behaviour
D.what we should do is to change the whole system of the Internet
本题考作者的观点。作者在最后两段引用的评论,说明人的行为不是技术可以解决的,因此答案为C。
参考译文:
计算机技术是一个巨大的、快速发展的领域。更小、功能更强和更人性化的设备几乎天天被研发出来。
查尔斯.巴比奇 是英国的一名发明家,被称作计算机之父。1823年,他研制了一台可以计算并可以
打印计算结果的机器,这在当时是十分先进的。遗憾的是这台机器十分复杂,他没能研制完成这台机器。
直到该世纪末,人们一直在尝试研制一种效率更高的计算机器。但研制出的计算机器太大,占满了整个< br>房间,重达数吨。这些庞然大物并非真正意义上的计算机,因为它们没有存储器。.
现代计算 机利用复杂的数据来处理信息,存储系统可能是计算机存储器也可能是存储数据的光盘或
CD盘,数据可 以是文字、数据、图像,也可能是三者的合成物。与满房间档案盒存储的数据相比,现
代计算机存储器存 储的数据要多得多。现代计算机存储器利用微电流,内有数以千计的电路,经致密压
缩成为微型“芯片” 。

8


在计算机读出数据前,数据被转换成带有微型脉冲或信号 的电子码,这些信号由“芯片”内微型开
关进行转换。
因特网创始人文顿.瑟夫 博士被人 称作因特网之父,无论在何时,他总是乐意回答他所遇到的人们
就因特网提出的任何问题。20年前,瑟 夫和罗伯特.卡恩创立了因特网,之后因特网得以迅速发展。1983
年大约有50000个因特网用户 ,现在因特网的用户数量已达3.6亿。当有人问瑟夫是否料到因特网变得
如此普及时,瑟夫博士回答说 这一数字令人始料不及。
他指出保密是当今网络面临的主要问题之一,我们无法避免电子信函不被别 人偷窥和监控,电话系
统会发生此类事情,电子信函也会发生此类事情。一些工具可以用来防范偷窥和监 控,但问题是掌握这
些工具并非易事。他还指出因特网中出现的垃圾邮件和不受欢迎的东西如色情内容令 人烦恼,但阻止起
来却很难。
他说从技术上讲很难阻止这些东西,但因特网是人的一面镜子, 如果我们不喜欢镜子里看到的东西,
就不要触摸这面镜子。

Passage 8
Do you want to voice your complaint about the oil price,concerns about noise pollution or suggestions on traffic
jams? Do you want to say something about filing your income tax,registering your business or giving your vote with
just a click on the mouse? All these will come true in such big cities as Beijing,Shanghai and Guangzhou in the near
future as China races into the future with a series of IT projects.
People and businesses in these large cities will have access to their e-government when the website offering a
wide range of governmental information,policy and services starts up.Soon,features like business registration,tax
payment and billing for water,gas and electricity will be right at their fingertips,officials said.
The new website holds out the promise of a clean,clear and efficient administration,they said.“A huge website
will open next year to combine all the governmental agencies in Shanghai and people can log onto only one site for
official business,”said a senior official of the Information Office of Shanghai Peoples Government in charge of the
e-govemment project.In a recent interview,the senior official said that the city administration would create a special
fund for the project.
Shanghai began to move governmental affairs on-line in January last year,and up to now about 55 government
agencies have set up their websites,providing information and services to the public.However the effort has not met
expectations so far. Information is not frequently updated and services are very limited.Citizens cannot get
interactive with the agencies. Some major work still lies ahead.
“Traditional mindsets(思想倾向)are hard to change.The e-government concept is not very well received by many
and that is the challenge faced by governments around the globe,”said Todd Ramsey,general manager of IBM in
charge of global government industry.However,e-government is part of the global future.
Worldwide,developed countries like the US,Japan and emerging markets like Indonesia and SingaDore are
engaged in e-government projects to improve their job performance.
36.What is e-government,according to the passage?________D__________.
A.It is a project which will make citizens have access to computers and the Internet.
B.It is a future plan of a series of IT projects in big cities.
C.It is an open policy to offer a wide range of information to citizens.
D.It is the on- line govemment that people can log onto for information and services.
本题考概括能力。从第二、三段可概括出e—government的定义,答案为D。
37.In the near future,citizens in big cities in China could expect to____B_______.
A.voice their complaint about oil price
B.pay their bills with just a click on the mouse
C.file their income tax
D.be given some special fund
本题考细节和判断。文中虽无明显的句子,但从第一、二段的内容可判断答案为B。
38. The effort to move govermnental affairs on-line in Shanghai has not met expectations,because___D___.
A.information is not often updated and services are very limited
B.there is a lack of interaction among people
C.some major work is left undone
D.all of the above
本题考细节。阅读第四段可知答案为D。

9


39.What is the challenge that governments around the globe face,according to Todd Ramsey?____C______
A.Traditional mindsets are hard to change.
B.E-government will become part of the global future.
C.The e-govemment concept is not very well received by many.
D.IMB will be in charge of global government industry.
本题考细节。第五段中’Todd Ramsey的话表明答案为c。
40. Many governments worldwide are engaged in e-government projects in order to_____C_______.
A.promise a clean,clear and efficient administration
B.open more job markets
C.make their work more efficient
D.give some performances
本题考细节。由文章的最后一句话可知,答案为c。
参考译文:
油价上涨令人抱怨 ,噪声污染令人担忧,交通拥挤令人思考,对这些,你想发表看法吗?轻轻点击
鼠标就可以填写所得税的 表格,商业注册和投票选举,对此你想说点什么吗?不久将来,这些事情将在
北京、上海和广州这样的大 城市变成现实,中国在未来也将开展一系列的信息技术项目。
这种能够提供大量政府信息、政策和服务 的网站开始启动,这些大城市的居民和商业活动就可以很
便捷的使用电子政务。政府官员声称,在不久将 来,只需指尖轻轻一点,诸如商业注册、缴税和水电气
缴费之类的事情就可以解决。
他们说, 新网站提出了一个干净、透明和有效地政府管理的承诺,“明年一个含有上海所有政府机
构的大型网站将 开放,人们可以进入一个网址就可以办理公务,”上海人民政府信息办公室负责电子政
务的高层官员透露 。在最近的一次采访中,这位高层官员说城市管理会为这个项目提供专项资金。
上海在去年一月份启动 在线政务,到现在为止一共有55个政府机构建立了自己的网站,为公众提
供信息和服务。然而这些工作 远远没有达到预期的效果。信息更新不够及时,服务范围有限。市民与机
构不能互动。这个项目还有大量 的工作要做。
“传统思想很难改变。大部分人还不能接受电子政务的概念,世界各国的政府正面临着这 个挑
战,” Todd Ramsey说,他是IBM(国际商务机器公司)负责全球电子政务产业的总 经理。然而,电子
政务是全球发展趋势的一部分。
在世界范围内,像美国、日本这样的发达国 家已经印度尼西亚和新加坡这样的新兴市场都采用了电
子政务项目区提高他们的工作效率。

Passage 9
Owning a web page sounds cool.You can be the master of the page,putting up your favorite hot sports,news,
pop music and latest Hollywood movies,all of which can be found quite easily on the net. But what if the services
expose your personal data like birthday,health condition,bank account,ID card and even your personal shortcomings
to commercial websites who will use them to strengthen e-marketing?
Worse,some e-business players may pass you by and sell your personal data to other firms to get a profit. The
rapid growth of the Internet has led to individual privacy abuse.It will be a headache in the are showing
up recently that some unethical players earn big money from selling individual profiles on-line.A leading US-based net
firm has been spotted using technology to track down every action netzens(网民)make while shopping through its
website.
Zhang Jing.a 27-year-old staff member at a local lifestyle website,woke up one morning and found her emails
were stuffed with junk emails,unwelcome on-line commercial ads and a large amount of sexual stuff.“My mailbox
gets full of this awful stuff and I feel sick,”said Zhang.“Laws should be set up as soon as possible,otherwise the
problem will get worse.”
However,as the Internet goes beyond national borders,protection efforts will be limited without global
cooperation.It needs global commitment and a wide respect for the rules of the game.Meanwhile,experts have called
for the development of technology and software such as a firewall to protect netzens’privacy.Software that can track
down firms who are using technology to follow on-line shopping activities and bar firms who abuse personal data will
be available on the market soon.Firms plotting to make an illegal profit from the abuses will shoot themselves in the
foot in the end and netzens themselves should be well aware of the issue and resort to legal actions to solve the
problem.
41.What is the danger of owning a web page of your own,according to the passage?

10


____________B________________.
A.Your ID card might get lost.
B.Your personal data might be exposed.
C.Some commercial websites may use your web page.
D.Your shortcomings can be shown on the web page too.
本题考细节和判断。快速浏览第一段可知答案为B。
42.In the second paragraph,in the sentence“It will be a headache in the future”,“It”refers to_D____.
A.the Internet
B.the rapid growth of the Internet
C.the e-business
D.the individual privacy abuse by net firms
本题考对指代关系的理解。在“It will be a eadache in the future”中,代词“it,,指代前一句的结果,所以
答案为D。
43.According to Zhang Jing,the problem of junk e-mails could get worse unless___B_________.
A.on-line commercial ads are unwelcome
B.laws are established
C.netzens are fully aware of it
D.software is used
本题考判断能力。从第三段末句可以判断出答案为B。
44.From the passage we understand that_____A_______.
A.it is illegal for net firms to sell netzenspersonal data to other firms to get a profit
B.it is all right for some unethical players to earn some money from selling individual profiles on-line
C.it is normal for a computer virus to wake up one morning and stuff your emails with junk mails
D.it goes beyond national borders when net firms track down netzens shopping on-line
本题考概括能力。文章各段都谈到有人把网民的隐私出卖给commercial Iwebsites,以及要通过法律来保护网民
权益,因此答案为A。
45. To protect peoples privacy on the Internet, we should___C_______.
A. cooperate internationally and develop technology to limit the Internet
B.wait to see the firms making illegal profit from the abuses shoot themselves in the foot
C.be well aware of the issue and resort to legal actions
D.both A and C
本题考细节。阅读最后一段,可知答案为c
参考译文:
拥有自己的网页听上去很酷 。你可以作为这个网页的主人,把你酷爱的运动、新闻、流行音乐和最
新的好莱坞电影放在上面,这些东 西在网上很容易找到。但是,假如这些服务内容要暴露你的生日、健
康状况、银行账号、身份证号码甚至 个人缺点之类的个人信息给商业网站该怎么办呢?这类商业网站会
利用这些信息巩固他们的电子商务市场 。
更糟糕的是,有些电子商务从业人员可能把你的个人信息传播并出卖给其他公司获利。互联网的高< br>速发展导致个人隐私滥用。未来这是一个令人头疼的问题。最近出现不少这样的情况,不道德的从业人用通过在网上出卖他人肖像挣到大笔钱。美国的一家龙头网络公司就被指出在它的网站上出卖网民信
息,他们利用技术手段追踪每个网民的活动。
张静今年27岁,是一家本地生活网站的雇员。一天早上 醒来她发现自己的电子邮箱里装满了垃圾
邮件、不受欢迎的网上商业广告和大量黄色内容。“我的邮箱里 满是这些糟糕的东西,令我感到恶心,”
张静。“应该尽快建立相关法律,否则这个问题会更严重。”
然而,随着互联网跨过了国与国的界限,没有各国之间的合作,保护工作受到很大限制。这需要建
立一个国家委员会,并对网络规则给予广泛尊重。同时,专家呼吁开发保护网民隐私的防火墙的技术和
软件。这种软件可以追踪使用技术手段在网上贩卖网民隐私的公司,并阻止个人隐私滥用,不久就可以
在 市场上买到这样的软件。这些密谋滥用他人信息获得非法利益的公司最终是搬起石头砸自己的脚,网
民们 也将意识到这个问题来寻求法律途径解决这个问题。

Passage 10
Suppose you work in a big firm and find English very important for your job because you often deal with foreign
businessmen.Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English,especially your spoken English.

11


Here are some advertisements about English language training from newspapers.You may find the information you
need.
Global English Centre
General English in all four skills:listening,speaking,reading,and writing.
3 month(700 yuan),6 month(1,200 yuan)and one year(2,000 yuan)courses.
Choice of morning or evening classes,3 hours per day,Mon.Fri.
Experienced college English teachers.
Close to city center and bus stops.
Tel:67605272 Add:105 Zhongshan Road,100082
Modern Language School
Special courses in English for business,travel,banking,hotel management and office skills.
Small classes(12-16 students)on Sat.&Sun.from 2.00-5.00pm
Native English teachers from Canada and USA.
Language lab and computers supplied.
3-month course:1,050 yuan;6-month course:1,850 yuan.
Write or phone:Modern Language School,675 Park Road,100056
Tel:67353019
The 21st Century English Training Centre
We specialize in effective teaching at all levels.
We offer morning or afternoon classes,both of which last three months and a half at a cost of 800 yuan.
We also have a six.week TOEFL preparation class during winter and summer holidays.
Entrance exams:June 1 and Dec.1
Only 15-minute walk from city center.
Call 67801642 for more information.
The International House of English
Three/Six-month English courses for students of all levels at very low cost:60 yuan for 12 hours per
week:convenient class hours.9.00—12.00am and 2.00—5.00pm.
A four- month evening programme for developing speaking skills(same cost as day classes).
Well- trained Chinese and foreign teachers experienced in teaching English as a second/foreign language.
Free sightseeing and social activities.
Very close to the Central Park.
For further information call 67432308.
46.You work from 9.00 am to 4.30pm every day.Which schools will you choose?____B_____
A. Global English Centre and Modem Language School.
B.Global English Centre and the International House.
C.Modern Language School and the 21st Century.
D.The 21st Century and the International House.
本题考细节。你每天上午9点至下午4点30分要上班,只能读夜校,此文提到Global English
centre和The International House of English都
有evening classes(programme),所以答案为B。
47.The 21st Century is different from the other three schools in that_____D__.
A.its teaching quality is better
B.it is nearest to the city center
C.its courses ale more advanced
D.it requires an entrance examination
本题考细节对比。只有The 2lst century English Trmnm’g centre提到入学考试(Entrance exams),所以答案为D。
48.You will probably prefer to go to the International House because it____A_____.
A.offers free sightseeing and social activities
B.has a special course in spoken English
C.costs less than the other schools
D.has native English teachers
本题考细节对比。你可能会选读In ternationalHouse,因为该校除了具备其他学校提供的优越条件外,还提供免
费游览和 社会活动,所以答案为A。

12


49.If you take the evening programme at the International House,you will pay about______D________.
A.60 yuan B.240 yuan C.720 yuan D.1,000 yuan
本题为计算题。International House白天上课的学费 与夜晚上课的学费相同,每周60元。夜校是四个月,学费
多于720元,接近1000元,所以答案为 D。
50.If you want to take a 6-month special course in English for banking,you will probably choose
______C________.
A.Global English Centre C.Modem Language School
B.The 21 st Century English Training Centre D.The International House of English
本题考细节。在四所学校中,只有Modern Language school提供三个月或六个月的金融英语课程,所以答
案为c。
参考译文:
设 想你在一家大公司公司工作,发现英语对你的工作非常重要,因为你要经常跟外国商人打交道。
现在你正 在找一个能提高你的英语水平的地方,尤其是口语能力。
这里是报纸上一些英语培训的广告。你可以找到你需要的信息。
全球英语中心
英语四种基本技能:听、说、读、写
3个月课程(700元),6个月课程(1,200元),1年课程(2,000元)
时间为周一至周五,每天3小时,上午下午任选
有经验的大学英语老师执教
地点靠近市中心和公交站台
电话:67605272 地址:中山路105号,100082
现代英语学校
英语专业课程:商业英语、旅行英语、银行英语、酒店管理课程和办公室技能
周日和周六下午2.00-5.00 小班教学(12-16个学生)
由来自加拿大和美国本土英语老师执教
配有语音室和计算机设备
3个月课程:1,050元 6个月课程:1,850元
写信或电话至:现代英语学校,公园路675号,100056
电话:67353019
二十一世纪英语培训中心
我们擅长各种水平的英语教学
我们提供上午班和下午班,时间均为三个半月,价格为800元
我们在寒暑假开展六周的托福预备班
入学考试时间:6月1日和12月1日
离市中心只有15分钟(步行)路程
更多详情请致电67801642
英语国际学社
为各种水平的学生提供3个月和6个月的课程,价格优惠:每周12小时共60 元;时间安排合理:
上午9.00-12.00,下午2.00-5.00
另有四个月的晚上课程来提高口语技能(价格与白天课程一样)
教师训练有素,在二外英语教学方面经验丰富,有外教
免费观光和社交活动
靠近中心公园
进一步详情请致电67432308


大学英语仿真阅读理解部分
——————仿真自测1 Passage 1
Bill Cooper is portfolio(证券投资)manager of the $$13 billion Value Trust Funds.one of the best mutual funds of
the last decade.He is the only fund manager to perform the best for nine years in a row.
Cooper's interests in stocks(证券)began at the age of nine,when he noticed his father reading something in the
newspaper.It looked different from sports or TV programs.So Bill asked his father what it was.His father explained
that he was reading the financial pages.His father pointed to a column with some company's logo in it.“If you

13


owned a share of this company,”he told his young boy,“you'd have 25 cents more today than you had yesterday.”
Young Cooper asked,“You can make money without doing any work?”His father replied yes.So Bill responded,
“Well,that's what I want to do.”
With this idea,he made his way out of his secondary school and into the university.He worked very hard at his
studies of finance.When he got his first job in a bank,he found that a university degree is not a sign that one is a
finished product,but an indication a person is prepared for life.He is now making big money,yet he knows clearly
that is based on hard work.
6.In the sentence of the first paragraph,“He is the only fund manager to perform the best for nine years in a row”,
the phrase“for nine years in a row”means____________.C
A.for nine years in a line C.for nine years running
B.for nine years as if rowing a boat D.for nine years fighting and quarreling
这是考核根据上下文猜测短语的能力。从第一段上下文可以猜测“in a row”意为“连续地”。答案为C。
7.It was____A_____that Bill learned his finance ABC when he was only nine years old.
A.through his father's explanation
B.from the financial pages in the newspaper
C.from his father's reading
D.with his father's help
这是考核细节和判断。从第二段可知, 父亲对九岁的儿子简单地解释了金融证券,成为他的启蒙教育,
所以答案为A。
8.It was the idea that_____D_____that attracted the young boy.
A.if one owns a share of some company,he will have 25 cents more every day
B.if one buys a share,he will have more money
C.one can make money without working in a bank
D.one can make money through buying stocks
这是考核概括和判断能力。孩子说的“without doing any work”指的是不上班,答案为D。
9.From the passage,we know that Bill’s success lies in his__________B___________.
A.good luck C.early awareness of how to make money
B.hard work D.firm belief in making money
这是考 核概括和判断能力。第一段说明Bill很成功,第四段说明他的成功来自努力学习和工作,所以答
案为 B。
10.Bill Cooper soon learnt after his graduation that a university degree______C____________.
A.meant nothing in a bank
B.did mean that one was finished
C.only indicated that one was ready to start his career
D.indicated that one was ready to produce more
这是考核对最后一段有关内容的理解。当中谈到Bil l认识到大学学历只是生活的开始,所以答案为C。
参考译文:
比尔·库珀是一 家130亿美元价值信托基金的证券投资经理,这项基金是近十年来最好的共同基金之一。
他是唯一一位 连续九年表现最好的基金经理。
库珀从九岁开始对证券感兴趣,当时他注意到父亲阅读的报纸上的一项 内容。这个内容看上去跟体
育和电视节目不一样。所以Bill问他的父亲这是什么。他的父亲解释他正 在读的金融类的几页报纸。他
的父亲指着带有某个公司商标的栏目,告诉他年幼的儿子,“假如你拥有这 个公司的一股股票,你今天
的钱就比昨天多25分。”小库珀问,“这样,你就能不上班就可以赚钱吗? ”他的父亲回答是的。于是
Bill回答道,“哦,那正是我想要做的事情。”
带着这种想法 ,他从中学毕业进入大学。在他的金融研究领域他工作很努力。当他在一家银行得到
第一份工作,他发现 大学学位不仅是完成一项作品的标志,还象征了一个人正在为他的人生道路做准备。
现在他正在挣大钱, 然而他清楚地知道这都是勤劳所得。

Passage 2
Robert was born in a small town in England.His father has a farm and can supply him enough money to
university where he's studying law.The young man studies hard and hopes to be a famous lawyer.
Last Monday their term was over.Robert said to his father on the telephone that he was going to travel in a small
country during his summer holiday.His father agreed to his plan and posted some money to him.So he started four

14


days ago.Their plane landed on the only airport of the country safely.He took a taxi and got to a hotel in the center
of the capital.He felt hungry and tired.So he had a dinner and then a good sleep.This morning he was all right and
was going to visit some places of interest.He met an English visitor while he was having breakfast and the man told
him to be careful of thieves.
Robert thanked the man and left.But he thought he was smart(机灵的)and strong and he decided to have a try.He
brought out a piece of paper and wrote on it,“A pig has stolen my wallet(钱包)!”Then he put the note into his empty
wallet After that he put the wallet into a pocket and set off.He did all carefully and hoped to find out who would steal
it.
“Everything went well,”Robert thought to himself after he had returned to the hotel.He brought out his wallet
and put lIis money into it agaill.He had a look at the note.To his surprise,it was rewritten.It said,“Your uncle has
touched your wallet!”
1 1.Robert can study in the university because_________B___________.
A.he wants to be a lawyer C.he's smart and strong
B.his father is a rich farmer D.he keeps his wallet well
这是考核判断能力。根据文章第一段的第二 句话.可以推断出Robert之所以能够上大学学习法律是因为
他的爸爸有个农场,能够供他上学,所 以答案为B。
12.The English visitor thoughi_____A_________.
A.there were a lot of thieves in the city C.it was dangerous to travel in the eity
B.Robert could deal with tIle thieves D.Robert had to take good care of himself
这是考核判断能力。根据文章第二段的最后一句话可以得知,英国的游客警告Robe rt要当心贼,由此可
见英国游客认为这个城市有很多贼,所以答案为A。
13.Robert brought his money out of his wallet because____D___________.
A.he had to pay for the meals and room C.had to find a place to put the note
B.he wanted to buy something for his parents D.he was afraid to lose his wallet
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第二段的最后一句话和第三段可以得知 ,Robert在听了英国游客的警告之
后,想了一个自认为很聪明的办法将钱包的钱拿出来,里面放张 纸条,上面写道“猪偷了我的钱包”,来试探
是否真有人碰他的钱包。因此通过推理分析,答案应该是D 。
14.RoBert put the note in the wallet because_____B_______.
A.he wasn't afraid of the thieves C.he wanted to show he was smart
B.he hoped to make fun of the thieves D.he wondered if the thieves could read
这是考核推理 能力。根据文章第三段的内容,可以推断出Robert并不惧怕贼,相反,他还想好好地捉弄
一下小偷 ,让拿到他钱包的人不但得不到钱,反挨顿骂,所以答案应该为B。
fact___A________.
A.the thief made fun of Robert
B.Robert was smart enough
C.the thieves weren't able to steal Robert's wallet
D.Robert's uncle had rewritten the note in his wallet
这是考核推理能力。根据文章最后一段的最后一句话,可以推断H{贼不 仅拿到了Robert的钱包,而且
还得空改写了字条上的内容。由此可见Robert不但没能通过他 写的字条达到自己的目的,反而让贼占了自己
的便宜。凶此事实上Robert是让贼给捉弄了,所以答 案为A。
参考译文:
Robert出生于英格兰的一个小镇。他的父亲有个农场, 能够供他进入大学学习法律。这个年轻人学
习非常努力,他想成为一位有名的律师。
上周一他 们学期结束了。Robert在电话里告诉父亲他打算在暑假期间到一个小国家去旅行。他的父
亲同意了 他的计划,并寄给他一些钱。于是他在四天前出发。他们乘坐的飞机在这个小国家唯一的机场
上安全着陆 。他打了一辆出租车到首都市中心的一家宾馆。他感到又饿又累。于是他吃过晚饭美美的睡
了一觉。今天 早上起来他感觉很好,打算去访问一些风景名胜地。当他吃早饭的时候遇见了一位英国游
客,这位游客告 诉他要当心贼。
Robert谢过这个人,离开宾馆。但是他认为自己又机灵又强壮,决定做个尝试。 他买了一张纸,在
上面写道,“猪偷了我的钱包!”然后他把这张纸条放进他的空钱包里。他把钱包放进 了衣袋里就出发了。
他全神贯注希望发现谁会偷这个钱包。
“平安无事,”回到宾馆后,Ro bert心里盘算着。他拿出钱包把自己的钱再放进去。他看了一那张
纸条。让他惊讶的是上面已经被其 他人写上字了。上面写着,“你的叔叔已经碰过你的钱包了!”

15




——————仿真自测2 Passage 1
I had two jobs growing up and they all helped shape my life.
When I was about l2,I started caddying(当球童)at a nearby country club.All the kids in the neighberhood did
it.and I liked it a lot.I got to watch people who were generally pretty wealthy.They were busi-nessmen and
doctors.I would listen to them talking about things and see how they behaved with each other.It was like a fly on the
wall at a meeting.
The Second job was at a shoe store.I constantly met people from all walks of life and the challenge was
exciting.I'd start bringing them different kinds of shoes and get fight down there and put them on their they
didn't like a certain shoe,I always tried to be thinking ahead to a pair they might like better.It was like stepping up to
the plate in a baseball game.Every time someone walked into that store,I was going to bat and take a swing.I never
wanted to let a customer get out of that store without buying a pair of shoes to his satisfaction.
This job helped teach me an important business lesson:You have to take risks in business.If you take a risk and
fail,get up to bat and swing again.
6.The author thinks what he has learned from his first job is____________________.B
A.how to learn to like a job C how to become wealthy
B how to talk and behave properly D.how to listen to people
这是考核抓住要点的能力。文章开头第一句话总结全文要点,第一 段讲述第一个工作的收获主要谈及有
机会观察和倾听富人们的言行,所以答案为B。
7.The phrase“people from all walks of life”in the the third paragraph means people_____________.D
A.walking in different ways C.coming from different parts of the city
B.having different interests in life D.working in different occupations
这是考核根据上下文猜测短语的能力。在“from all walks of life”中的“walk”指职业,故答案为D。
8.The author thinks his second job is_____________.A
A.challenging B.important C.different D.satisfying
这是考核细节和判断。作者在第三段讲述第二个工作如何让他兴奋,认为“„the challenge is very
exciting”.可知答案为A。
9.The author compares his second job to_____________.C
A.a fly on the wall at a meeting C.joining a baseball game
B.stepping into a golf course D.taking a bat to swing
这是考核细节和判断。在第三段中作者用的比喻是“It was like stepping up to the plate in a baseball game.”答
案为c。
10.The business lesson the author gets from selling shoes is_________________.C
A.thinking ahead of the customers
B.trying every possible way to satisfy a customer
C.never be afraid of taking risks
D never let go anyone walking into the shop
这是考核概括能力。最后一段作者的话概括起来说,即为答案c。
参考译文:
我成长过程中有两份工作有助于塑造我的人生。
在我大约12岁的时间,我开始在附近乡村的 一家俱乐部当球童。街坊中所有的孩子都做这样的工作,而且
我非常喜欢这个工作。我能见到非常有钱的 人。他们都是生意人或者医生。我就像会场上墙上的一个苍蝇,有
机会听他们谈论,观察每个人的行为举 止。
第二份工作是在鞋店工作。我一直遇见来自各行各业的人,这个挑战令人兴奋。开始我给他们拿各 种款式
的鞋子,找到合适的,帮他们传到脚上。假如他们不喜欢某双鞋子,我总是尽力提前考虑到他们可 能更喜欢的
那双鞋子。这就像在棒球运动中准备击球一样。每次有人走进店铺,我都准备好球棒,并挥上 一棒。我不想让
顾客没不到自己满意的鞋子离开店铺。
我从这份工作中学会了重要的商业课程:做生意必须冒险。假如你冒险但是失败了,拿起球棒再挥一棒。


Passage 2
Paper was invented by the Chinese in the first century AD.Paper was not made in southern Europe until about the

16


year 1100.Scandinavia--which now makes a great deal of the world’s paper--did not begin to make it until
1500.Most paper is made from wood.Paper-making is an important British industry and paper from Brirain is sold
to many countries such as Australia and South Afica. Some of the wood used in the British paper making industry
comes from trees grown in Britain,but wood is also bought from other countries such as Norway.One tree is needed
for every four hundred copies of a forty-page newspaper.If half the adults in Britain buy one daily paper,this uses up
over a thousand trees a day.All over the world,trees are being cut down faster than they are being planted,SO there
may be a serious need for paper at the beginning of next century.
When we think of paper,we think of newspaper,books,letters and writing paper.But there are many other
UseS.Only half of paper is used for books and newspaper,etc.Paper is very good for keeping you warm.Each year,
more and more things ale made ofpaper.Now we hear that chairs,tables,and ever beds can be made of paper.But
the latest in paper making seems to be paper houses.
11.Where was paper invented? A
A.In China. C.In Scandinavia.
B.In southern Europe. D. In Britain.
这是考核细节。答案在文章的第一句活,可知答案是A。
12.Scandinavia began to make paper________________.C
A.in lloo C.in l500
B.in 1400 D.in the first century
这是考核细节。答案在文章的第三句话,可知答案是c。注意not„until 1500表示“直到1500年才„„”,
说明在1500年之后才开始的。
13.Every four hundred copies of a forty-page newspaper will need_________.B
A.half a tree C.two trees
B.one tree D.more than one tree
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段的中间部分,可知答案是B。
over the world,trees are being cut down ________than they are being planted.D
A.more slowly C.much more s lowly
B.much faster D. faster
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段的最后一句,可知答案是D。
15.The latest things made of paper are______________.D
A.chairs B.tables C.clothes D.houses
这是考核细节。答案在文章的最后一句,可知答案是D。
参考译文:
中国人在公元 一世纪发明了纸。直到1100年左右欧洲南部地区才制造出纸。直到1500年斯堪的纳维亚才
开始制 造纸张,现在世界纸张的大部分正由这个国家制造。大部分纸都是由木头制成。造纸业是英国重要的工
业 ,他们的纸张销售到许多国家,例如澳大利亚和南非。英国造纸使用的木头一部分来自本国,但是也从其他
国家进口,比如挪威。400份40页的报纸就需要一棵树。假如英国有一半的成人买一份日报,一天就要用光
1000棵树。从全世界来看,砍树比种树更快,所以到下个世纪初,纸张需求可能很严重。
当我们想到纸张就想到报纸、书籍、信纸、书写纸。但是纸还有很多其他的用处。只有一半的只用于书籍
和报纸,等等。纸的保温效果很好。每年,越来越多的东西都是用纸做的。现在我们听说椅子、桌子,甚至床都能用纸做成。但是最近看来还有纸房子。

———仿真自测3 Passage 1
May you wish upon a thousand stars?May you catch a million fireflies?Get started with choosing a motorhome
or a travel trailer.And then you may realize just how much you learn when you look at life through the eyes of a
traveler.
For Don and Mary,their motorhome trip experience has been priceless.About six years ago,they took their first
motorhome trip together.And the family enjoyed it SO much that soon they were making a lifestyle decision.
“The only thing we were ever really happy doing was traveling.”says Mary.“So we decided to live in the
home we love best.”
After some consideration,the couple decided to home- school their children.Now the road is their classroom,
and far from missing educational experiences,they ale citizens of the world.The family visits museums and relates
the travel to the children's studies.On the road,they meet people from many cultures and walks of life.And they are
connected too to the world.Their motorhome is complete with computer,satellite dish,TV and GPS.

17


The family consider themselves lucky and have some advice for other families.“Don't wait to spend time with
your children.Get a motorhome and take weekend trips and vacations together.You will enrich your kids’lives and
become closer as a family.”
the passage, we know for sure that Don and Mary are ______________________ .C
A.good friends C.husband and wife
B.boyfriend and girlfriend D.brother and sister
这是考核推理和判断能力。从第四段第一句话“„the couple decided to home- school their children”可知答案
为C。
7.In the third paragraph.when Mary said.“So we decided to live in the home we love best,”the home she refers
to is actually_______________________________.D
A.the school for her children road us her children's classroom
B.the museums they visit D.her motorhome
这是考核逻辑推理能力 。由上下文可知,这里指的最喜欢的家显然是“motorhome”,答案为D。
8.Which of the following sentences do you think is most suitable to describe the education their children get,taking
to the road?_______A
A.They leam a lot mole than ordinary school kids.
B.They miss educational experiences.
C.They visit museums and relate the visits to studies.
D.They meet people from many cultures and walks of life.
这是考核概括和判断能力。c、D选项在文中是举例,从第四段的“„far from missing educational
experiences'’可知,B选项是干扰项。正确答案为A。
9.At the end of the fourth paragraph,the shortened word GPS stands for ______________________________ .B
A.General PIace Situation C.Ground Play Site
B.Global Positioning System D.Guide Planet Study
这是考核通过上下文猜测词语的能力。从文中可知,这家 人以车为家,在全世界旅游。作者在第四段末
还强调他们通过各种设备与外界保持联系。且从词语构成来 说,A、C、D选项均不太讲得通。正确答案为B。
10.The family consider themselves lucky because_______________________________.A
A.their life is rich and they stay closer to each other
B.they have made a lifestyle decision
C.theft motorhome trip experience is priceless
D.all ofthe above
这是考核概括能力。由全文最后一句可知答案为A。
参考译文:
你希望有一千颗星 星吗?你能抓住百万只萤火虫吗?选择一辆机动房车或是(汽车拖动的)活动住宅,
这样你就能知道当你 一个旅游者的眼光来看待生活的话,你能学到很多。
对于Don和Mary,他们的房车旅行经历是无 价的。6年前他们一起开始了第一次旅行。这家人如此的
享受以至于他们马上做出了关于以后生活方式的 决定。
“我们唯一真正开心做的事就是旅行”Mary说, “所以我们决定住在最喜欢的房子里”。
经过考虑,这对夫妇决定在家教育他们的孩子,现在公路就成了孩子们的教室,他们不但没有失去受教< br>育的经历,反而成了世界公民。这家人参观了博物馆,把他们的旅行和孩子们的学习结合在一起,在行程< br>中,他们遇到了很多不同文化和不同身份职业的人。同时他们也与世界保持着联系,他们的房车里装有电< br>脑、卫星接收器,电视和全球定位系统。
这个家庭认为他们自己很幸运而且他们对其他的家庭有一些建议, “不要等着和你的孩子们在一起,买 一
辆房车,和他们一起在外面度周末或度假,这样能丰富孩子们的生活,一家人也会变得更亲近.”


Passage 2
Deur Folks,
I've been here for about three weeks and already I have so much to tell you.New York is nothing like I
thought.Compared to Lanzhou,the buildings are much taller,and the streets are less crowded.There aren't as many
people downtown because most people live in the suburbs.I haven't seen anything yet.I guess it will take a lot more
time than just a few weeks.
As you know.I'm living in the dormitory.It isn't as luxurious as a hotel,but it's less costly than a room

18


anywhere else.My roommate comes from Egypt,but she doesn't speak English as well as I do.I think she's worried
about that.
My first week of classes was not as easy as I had expected.The campus is so big that it was difficult to find the
right building sometimes.But my professors seem to be OK,except they gave us a lot of work to do.I hope I can
keep up.America doesn't have the same kind of system as China,so it will take me time to catch on.
Well, no matter how much I like it here,I really miss home.The food doesn't taste all that good,and of course,
I miss you and my room and all my friends.I don't know if I can have the same type of friends as I did back
home.Students in America seem less interested in their studies than my Chinese friends back in Lanzbou,and I think
they like to have more fun.I'11 wait and see.But I do love you all and think of you all the time. Sometimes I even
want to go home.But I know I must follow my route to finish my education.
Please take care of yourselves and write to me soon.
Love
Yichen
11.According to Yichen,New York________________________D
A.is just so big C. is full of buildings
B.has less people D.looks very different from what she expected
这是考核概括能力。由第一段第二句可知答案为D。
12.Yichen lives in a dormitory,because________________________.A
A.it is the cheapest C.she can share it with someone
B.it is luxurious D.she can live on the campus
这是考核细节和判断。第二段第二句话明显提示答案为A。
13. The most difficult thing at the moment for Yichen in her learning is____________.C
A.to find the right classroom building
B.not being able to speak good English
C.to keep up in a different learning environment
D.to do a lot of homework
这是考核概括能力。第三段谈学校,最后部分暗示两国教育体制不同等情况,故答案应为c。
14.Yichen seems to be ________________________friends with American students.B
A.confident in making C.unwilling to make
B.less confident in making D.happy to make
这是考核判断能力。第四段谈美国学生,并说“I don’t know if I can have the same type of friends as I did back
home.”可知正确选项为B。
15.On her arrival in New York,Yichen compares things and people with those in __ .D
A.Egypt B.America C.school D.Lanzhou
这是考核概括能力。第一段就开宗明义,将纽约与兰州进行对比,所以答案是D。
参考译文:
亲爱的Folks,
我来这里已经有三周了,我有很多事情想告诉你.纽约和我想的一点都不 一样.和兰州相比,这边的建
筑物要高很多,街道也没那么拥挤. 在闹市区没有很多人,因为很多人都住在郊区,我还什么都没见到,我
猜还要花更长的时间.
你知道,我现在住在宿舍,它没有旅馆那么豪华,但是比任何地方的房子都便宜.我的室友来自埃及,她
的英语没我讲的好,我想她对这一点很担忧.
第一个星期的课没有我希望的那样简单.校园如此大以至 于有时候很难找到正确的教学楼.但是我的
教授还可以,希望他能多给我们一些事情做.我希望我能跟上 进度.美国和中国的一些制度不相同,所以可
能要花费我一些时间去了解.
不管我多喜欢这里,我还是想家.这里的食物味道不是很好,当然,我想你 想家还有我所有的朋友,我
不知道我能不能交到像在国内一样的朋友,美国学生的和兰州的中国学生的学习兴趣要小.我想他们更喜
欢玩,我会等着看的, 但是我真的爱你们所有的人,而且 一直在想你们.有时候我真的想回家,但是我知道
我必须沿着轨道来完成我的学业.
你自己要保重,记得马上给我回信!
爱你的
Yichen


19


——仿真自测4 Passage 1
Cynthia Woolly is called the Michael Jordan of women's basketball.With the help and support of her mother,she
made her way out of a Los Angeles ghetto(贫民窟) and into the world of women's basketball.She is now a member
of the Women's National Basketball Association She led her basketball team of the city to three championships in a
row.Woolly says she has learned many lessons from her mother.One was that you“step up” when your family
needs you.As a result,today,she takes care of five children of her brother's and sister's,ranging in age from six to
twenty.They now live in a better neighborhood and go to good schools“I'm not providing these children with
money.a nice house and good schools so that the5,will not have to know hardships in life and will make no efforts to
make their life better I am doing it so that they don't have to start at a disadvantage.My mother started out at
zero.With determination,she raised our family up.This is about me providing the next generation of my family with
a better opportunity.This is about me “stepping up.”Woolly says.She believes that she is doing the right thing for
the children.To her great happiness,all the children are doing very well at school.
6.From the first Sentence of this passage.we know that Cynthia Woolly is___D______in America
A.Michael Jordan,the world’famous basketball player
B.a basketball champion player
C.an ordinary woman who plays basketball well
D.the best professional woman basketball player
这是考核背景知识。Cynthia Woolly被称作女篮中的迈克尔·乔丹,可知答案为D。
7.Cynthia Woolly is now_________A___________.
A.the team leader of a basketball team
B.the mother of five children
C.playing for the Women's National Basketball Association
D.having a better opportunity to start again
这是考核细节和判断。她带领市队连续三年夺冠,可知答案为A。
8.From the passage,we can come to the conclusion that Cynthia Woolly must have started her
life_________________.A
A.at a disadvantage C.with determination
B.at the age of six D.with good luck
这是考核推理和概括能力。她说不愿意让下一代初始即不利,由此可判断答案为A。
9.Which of the following statements is not true of Cynthia Woolly? C
A.She was raised up by her mother in a poor neighborhood in Los Angeles.
B.Her mother was determined to bring her children out of poverty.
C.She doesn’t want the younger generation of her family to know the hardships in life.
D.Following her mother’s teaching to“step up”,she helps and supports her family.
这是考核对双重否定的正确理解。“I’m not providing these children with money.a nice house and good schools
so that they will not have to know hardships in life and will make no efforts to make their life better.”双重否定表示
肯定,这句话的意思是说,我给这些孩子提供„„就是为了让 他们能够了解生活的艰辛,并不遗余力地改善
他们的生活,所以答案为c。
10.The right thing that Cynthia Woolly believes she is doing for the younger generation of her family
is______B__________according to the passage.
A.giving them a lot of money
B.providing them with a better opportunity to start with
C.providing them with a nice house to live in in a better neighborhood
D.making them go to good schools
这是考核概括能力。cynthia Woolly的话里提示答案为B。
参考译文:
Cynthia Woolly被称作女篮中的迈克尔.乔丹。在母亲的帮助和支持下,她脱离了洛杉矶 的贫民窟,进入女
篮界。她现在是美国女子职业篮球联盟的成员。她带领市队连续三年夺冠。Wooll y说她从母亲那儿学到很多
道理。一个就是当家庭需要你的时候你要站出来。结果,现在她在照顾着她的 兄弟姐妹的五个孩子,年龄从
六岁到二十岁。他们现在住在好一点的街区和好的学校。“我给这些孩子提 供钱、漂亮的房子和好学校就是为
了让他们能够了解生活的艰辛,并不遗余力地改善他们的生活。我这样 做是不愿意让他们初始即不利。我的
母亲白手起家。她坚定地支撑我们这个家。这就是我要给家族下一代 提供好一点的平台。我就是这样站出来

20


的。”Woolly说 。她相信她这就是她该为孩子们做的事情。让她感到高兴的是所有的孩子在学校做得都非常
好。

Passage 2
I was 15 when I walked into McCarley Bookstore and began to look over the titles of the books on the
shelves.The man behind the counter,the owner of the bookstore,asked me if I would like ajob.I needed to start
saving for college.so I said yes.
I worked after school and during summers for minimum wages and the job helped pay for my freshman year of
college.I worked at many other jobs afterwards:I made coffee in the student union during college.I made maps for
the U.S Forest Service.But selling books was one of the most satisfying.
One day a woman asked me for books on cancer.She seemed fearful.I showed her everything we had and
found other books we could order.She left the shop less worried and I’ve always remembered the pride I felt in
having helped her.
Years later,as a television reporter,I heard about a poor child who was born with his fingers of the left hand
linked together.His family could not afford the corrective surgery,and the boy lived in shame,hiding his left hand
in his pocket.
I persuaded my boss to let me do the story on TV.After my story was broadcast.a doctor and a nurse called,
offering to perform the surgery for free.
I visited the boy in the recovery room after the operation.The first thing he did was to hold up his repaired hand
and say,“Thank you.”I was overjoyed and filled with a strong sense of reward.
At McCarley Bookstore,I always felt I was working for the customers,not just for the store.Today it's the
same.NBC news pays me the salary.But I feel that I work for the viewers.helping them make sense of the
world.My working experience in McCarley Bookstore helped me find a good sense of the world,and most
importantly,it helped me find a good sense of myself.
11.How did the author get the job in McCarley Bookstore? A
A.He happened to walk into the shop and got it by chance.
B.He had always wanted to have a job in that bookstore and he succeeded.
C.He liked reading books,so tried to get a job there.
D.He did not go to school,so he looked for a job when he was l5.
这是考核对第一段内容的正确理解。第一段作 者回忆15岁时逛书店偶然得到工作机会的这段经历,所以
答案为A。
ing to the author,selling books was one of the most satisfying job experiences,because
____________________.B
A.he only had to work after school and got good wages
B.it helped him understand the world and himself
C.it helped him pay for his freshman year of college
D.he did not feel that he was working for the store
这是考核判断能力。从文章最后的话可判断,所以答案为B。
13.After he helped the fearful lady looking for books on cancer,the author was___________.D
A.worried about her C.unable to forget her
B less worried about her of himself
这是考核第三段的一个细节。从“pride”一词可知答案应为D。
14.The author decided to help the poor boy by________________.B
A.persuading his boss to do the story on TV
B.persuading his boss to let him do the story on TV
C.asking a doctor to perform the operation for free
D.visiting the boy in the recovery room after the operation
这是考核第五段的一个细节。要注意A、B选项中的意思差异,所以答案为B。
15.The main reason that the author thinks his present job is the same as the one in the bookstore is
_______________________.C
A.it gives him salary C. it helps people make sense of the world
B.it makes him feel excited D.it enables him to Work
这是考核作者的观点。最后一段有明确提示.

21


参考译文:
我是15岁的时候走进McCarley书店浏览书架上的书籍的 名字的。书店的老板在柜台后面问我是否喜欢
这个工作。我需要为上大学攒学费,所以我说是。
我课后打工,在每个夏天挣微薄的工资,这个工作帮我支付了我大学一年级的学费。之后我做过许多其
他的工作:我在学校为学生会做咖啡,为美国林业局做地图。但是卖书是我最满意的工作之一。
一天有 个妇女问我关于癌症的书籍。她看上去很担忧。我向她介绍了我们有的相关资料并找出订购的其
他书籍。 她离开书店的时候不再那么担心了,我一直都记得帮助她的那份自豪感。
几年后,我成为一名电视记者 ,听说一个可怜的孩子出生时左手手指粘在一块了。他家里负担不了矫正
手术费用,这个男孩生活在羞愧 中,把手藏在口袋里。
我劝说老板让我把他的故事在电视上播出。故事报道以后,一个医生和一个护士 打电话来,免费提供手
术。
手术后我去康复室探望这个男孩。他做的第一件事就是举起矫正后 的手说,“谢谢你。”我万分高兴,内
心充满了强烈的回报感。
在McCarley书店,我 总是感到我为顾客工作,而不是为书店工作。今天也是一样的。NBC(美国全国广播
公司)付给我薪水 。但我感到我是为观众工作,帮助他们体会到社会的温暖。我在McCarley书店工作经历让
我找到 了对社会的感情,更重要的是这也帮我找到了自己存在的价值。

————仿真自测5 Passage 1
Lillian Hanson,a college student,expects to graduate in about two years.What makes Mrs Hanson different
from her classmates is her age-73 years.She has been studying at college,a few courses at a time,for 27 years.
When Lillian Hanson graduated from high went to the bank to borrow money for further
education.The banker gave her no encouragement.He didn’t think that a country girl should borrow money to go
to college.He thought she should be at home doing work in the house or around the farm,So Lillian Hanson went
home and raised a family of nine children instead of going to college.Mrs Hanson never forgot her dream of getting
a higher education.When her children were grown-up.she tried again.
She finds the hardest part of going back to school at her age is to sit in class for long periods of time.Because she is
not as quick as shc used to be,Mrs Hanson often gets up and walks around classes to keep from getting stiff(不灵
活).At the beginning of a course in using the computer,the other students all stood up to give her a warm welcome
when she introduced herself and explained why she was there and what her aims were.
Hanson couldn't go to college immediately after she graduated from high school
because___________________________.A
A.she hadn’t got enough money
B.she was a countfy girl
C the banker ordered her not to borrow any money
D the banker thought she should raise a family of nine children
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章第二段第一、二句:为了能继续受教育,她去银行借 钱,银行没有给她
鼓励(即:银行没有借钱给她)。由此可见她因为缺钱不能继续受教育,故答案为A。
7.Mrs Hanson wanted to borrow money from the bank___________________________.C
A. to support her family C. to further her cducation at college
B.because she was 73 years old D. as she was much older than her classmates
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句,可知答案为C。
8.In the college,what makes Mrs Hanson different from her classmates is________________.C
A. the fact that she is poor C. that she is 73 years old
B.that she has a family of nine children D. that she is quick in learning
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第二句,可知答案为c。
9.The computer students welcomed Mrs Hanson warmly because___________________________.D
A.she had got all excellent result in the exam C.they wanted to get her help in their studies
B. she was good at telling funny stories D.they were deeply moved by her spirit
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章 第三段最后一句。最后一句的意思为:当她解释她为什么在这里,她在
这里的目的是什么时,其他所有学 生都站起来,热烈地欢迎她。显然:大家为她的求学精神所感动,故答案

22


为D。
10.Mrs Hanson is the sort of person who___________________________.A
A.cares for study very much C. never misses a chance to talk
B. likes to borrow money from the bank D.tries to save money for her family
这是考核推理能力。Mrs Hanson从高中毕业后,就没有放弃过进入大学的梦想,去银行借钱只是她的手
段,故答案为A。
参考译文:
大学生丽丽安·汉森希望在两年之内毕业。不同于她的同学,汉森夫人已经73岁 高龄了。她已经
在大学里学习了27年,一段时期学习一点课程。
当丽丽安高中毕业时,她 就去银行为自己将来的学业贷款。银行工作人员没有给她任何鼓励。他觉
得一个乡下女孩不应该借钱去上 大学。他认为那姑娘应该呆在家里做家务或下地忙农活。因此,小丽丽
安回到家担负起有九个孩子的大家 庭,而没有去上大学。汉森夫人从来都没有忘记接受高等教育的梦。
当她的孩子长大成人,她再一次做出 尝试。
她发现回到学校最难的事莫过于如此高龄的她要在课堂上一坐就是很久。这是因为她的手脚已 经不
像从前那样灵活,为了不让身体变得僵硬,她常常得站起来在教室间来回走走。
再一次 刚开学的一次电脑课上,当她自我介绍以及向大家解释她这样做的原因和目的时,所有的同学都
站起来热 情的欢迎她。

Passage 2
The greatest recent social changes have been in the lives of women.During the twentieth century there
has been a remarkable shortening of the time of a woman's life spent in caring for children.A woman marrying at the
end of the nineteenth century would probably have been in her middle twenties,and would be likely to have seven or
eight children,of whom four or five lived till they were five years old.By the time the youngest was fifteen,the
mother would have been in her early fifties and would expect to live a further twenty years, during which health
made it unusual for her to get paid work.Today women marry younger and have fewer children.Usually a woman's
youngest child will be fifteen when she is forty—five and can be expected to live another thirty—five years and is
likely to take paid work until retirement(退休)at sixty. Even while she has the care of children,her work is lightened
by modem living conditions.
This important change in women's life pattern has only recently begun to have its full effect on women's
economic position.Even a few years ago most girls left schools at the first chance,and most of them took a full time
job.However,when they married,they usually left work at once and never returned to it Today the school leaving
age is sixteen.Many girls stay at school after that age,and though women usually marry younger,more married
women stay at least until shortly before their first child is born. Very many more afterwards return to full or part-time
work.Such changes have led to a new relationship in marriage,with the husband accepting a greater share of the
duties and satisfactions of family life,and with both the husband and wife sharing more equally in providing the
money,and running the home,according to the abilities and interests of each of them.
11.According to the passage,around the year 1900 most women married_________________.A
A.at about twenty-five
B.in their early fifties
C.as soon as possible after they were fifteen
D.at any age from fifteen to forty-five、
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第三句。文中的in her。middle twenti‘es相当于答案中的25岁,可
知答案为A。
12.We are told that in all ordinary family about 1900_________________.A
A.many children died before they were five
B.seveil or eight children lived to be more than five
C.the youngest child would be fifteen
D.four of five girls died when they were five
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第三句“„of whom four 0r five lived till they were five years old.”(他
们当中有四五个活到5岁。)所以答案为A。
13.When she was over fifty,the late nineteenth-century mother_________________.D

23


A.would be healthy enough to take up paid jobs
B.was usually expected to die fairly soon
C.would expect to work until she died
D.was unlikely to find a job even if she wanted one
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章第一段第四句“„health made n unusual f研her t0 get paid work.”(健康
状况使得她很难找到一份有薪水的工作),可知答案为D。
14.According to the passage,the women of today usually_________________.B
A.marry instead of getting paid work C.have more children under fifteen
B.marry before they are twenty-five D. have too few children
这是考核推理能力。答案在文章第一段第五句,“Today women malty younger„”,可知答案为B。
15.Which of the following statements is not true? C
A.Even a few years ago the girls would leave work at once when they married.
B.Today the school-leaving age is sixteen.
C.Today more married women leave work long before their first child is born.
D.Very many more women today return to full or part-time work after their first child is born.
这是考核细节和判断。由第二段可知答案为C。
参考译文:
最近最大的社会变化发 生在女人生活中。在二十世纪,女人照顾孩子的时间明显缩短了。一个在十九
世纪末结婚的女人可能有二 十五岁了,有七或八个孩子,其中四到五个孩子只活到五岁。到最小的孩子十
五岁的时候,母亲已经五十 出头了,可能再活二十年,在这二十年里健康状况使得她很难找到一份有薪水
的工作。今天女人结婚更早 ,孩子更少。通常一个女人最小的孩子是十五岁,她只有四十五岁,还能再活
二十五年,可以拿薪水工作 到六十岁再退休。由于现代生活条件改善,在她照顾孩子期间,也可以做轻松
一点的工作。
最 近,女人生活方式的重要改变开始全面影响女人的经济地位。早在几年前,大多数女孩一有机会就
离开学 校,其中大部分人都会找一份全职工作。然而,她们结婚时通常立即辞职不再工作。现在学校毕业
的年龄 是十六岁。许多女孩十六岁之后还继续求学,尽管女人结婚年龄更早,但是更多的已婚妇女在快生
孩子前 仍然继续上班。更多人生完孩子后还继续做全职或兼职工作。这种变化导致了新的婚姻关系,由于
夫妻双 方更平等地挣钱养家,丈夫们正分担更多的家庭责任,分享更多的家庭乐事,大家根据自己的能力
和兴趣 照顾好一个家庭。


—仿真自测6 Passage 1
“But I just paid $$1.69 for this bottle of wine last week How come the priceis now $$2.25? What's going on?”
There are at least three things on that have caused the price of wine to rise.All have to do with the supply and
demand factors of economics.
The first factor is that people are drinking more wine than ever before.This demand for more wine has increased
overall wine sales in America at the rate of 15 percent a year.
The second factor is that the supply of wine has stayed relatively the same.which means that the samenumber of
bottles is produced each year Wine producers are trying to open up new land to grow more grapes(葡萄).But in at
least three wine producing areas of the world-France,Germany.and California-new vineyards(葡萄园)will not be
available in the near future.Wines are produced in other countries,such as Italy.Spain and Australia.but none of
these countries will be able to fill the demand for good wines.
The third factor is that costs of wine production are increasing.The men who make wine are asking for more
money,and the machinery needed to press the grapes is becoming more expensive.
When the demand for something is greater than the supply,prices go up.When production costs,meaning the
price of labor and machinery,rise,the producer adds this increase to the price of the wine.
6.From the first paragraph,we know that the speaker is___________________________.D
A.asking about the price C.bargaining over the price
B.worrying about the price D.complaining about the price
这是考核推理能力。“How come the Drice is now $$2.257”(怎么现在就变成了$$2.257)可见,说话者是在埋
怨价格涨得太快,故答案为D。

24


7.The three factors mentioned in the passage cause___________________________.B
A.the sales of wine to increase C.the production of wine to decrease
B.the price of wine to go up D.more and more people to drink wine
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句,可知答案为B。
8.The supply of wine has remained the same partly because___________________________.D
A.wine producing countries are unwilling to increase their production
B.new vineyards will not be opened up in such countries as Australia
C.countries like Italy and Spain can't supply enough good wines
D.the production of wine has ceased to increase
这是考核细节。答案在文章第四段第一句。“„the same number of bottles is produced”提示答案为D。
9.What does“production costs”refer to in the last paragraph?___________________________.D
A.The price of grapes and machines C.The price of wine and wine bottles.
B.The cost of land and transportation.D.The cost of manpower and equipment.
这是考核细节。答案在文章最后一段第二句。从“„when production costs.meaning the price of labor and
machinery,rise.”可以看出.Production costs是指the costs of labor(相当于manpower) 和machinery(相当于
equipment),故答案为D。
author's purpose of writing this passage is to___________________________.C
A.persuade people to drink less wine
B tell people where to get the best wine
C.explain why the price of wine is rising
D.show that wine is popular with Americans
这是考核主旨。文章通篇都在解释红酒价格上涨的因素,故答案为c。
参考译文:
“上星期这瓶酒只要花1.69美元,现在怎么要2.25美元了呢?这是怎么回事?”
至少有三个原因导致了酒价的上涨。都与经济的供求有关。
第一个原因是人们比以往任何时候 喝的酒都多。这种对酒的大量需求使美国的酒的总体销售每年以15%
的速度上涨。
第二个原 因是,酒的供应相对稳定,也就是说,每年生产的酒的数量是一样的。酒的生产商正在想办法
开辟新的土 地来种更多的葡萄。但是至少在法国,德国和加里佛尼亚这三个葡萄酒生产基地,新的葡萄园在
最近是不 可能形成的。其他国家也生产葡萄酒,如意大利,西班牙和澳大利亚,但是这些地方都不能满足对
优质葡 萄酒的需求。
第三个原因是生产葡萄酒的成本在增加。生产葡萄酒的工人要求加薪,用来压榨葡萄的机器越来越贵。
当某件东西供不应求了,价格就会上涨。当产品的成本,比如劳动力和机器的价格上涨,生产商就会把< br>增加的价格加到酒的价格上去。


Passage 2
10th August,2004
Dear Sirs,
Headquartered in Chicago,Illinois,PMC Company is a major producer of technically advanced machinery and
chemicals for industry and agriculture.
With a history dating back to 1884,PMC has grown to become one of the 100 largest industrial companies in the
United States.with 2000's sales in excess(超过)of $$2 billion.All over the world,PMC has about 41.600 employees
at 129 factories in 32 states,such as New York State,North Carolina,Pennsylvania,Virginia,etc.and 15 foreign
countries.
We believe PMC to be one of the leaders of the packaging industry both in the U.S. and abroad.Through our own
research,development and engineering efforts,we believe we are able to exchange views on and discuss the latest
technical aspects of the industry.
PMC’s packaging expertise(专长)is mainly in the following areas:
—Packaging and paper box making machinery
— Wrapping machines for varying uses

25


Faithfully yours,
General Manager
PMC Co.Ltd.
11.The company wants to sell___________________________. D
A.jndustrial products C .technical services
B.agricultural products ery and chemicals
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第一句.可知答案为D。
12. Where is the Head Office of the company?___________________________.C
A.In New York State. C.In Chicago.Illinois.
B.In North Carolina. D.In Pennsylvania
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段第一句。“Headquartered in Chicago,Illinois„”意为“总部设在伊利
诺斯州的芝加哥”,可知答案为C。
13.When did the company's annual sales exceed $$2 billion? B
A In the year of 1884. C.In the year of 2004.
B.In the year of 2000.D.In the year of 2002.
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句。文中的“in excess of $$2 billion”相当于答案中的“exceed $$2
billion”,可知答案为B。
14.The company thinks___________________________.C
A.it is one of the 15 largest companies in the world
B.it develops its relationship with China only for its own benefit
C.it plays a leading role in the world's packaging industry
D.it should open some new companies abroad
这是考核细节。答案在文章第3段第句。文中的“„be one of the leaders of the packaging industry both in the
U.S.and abroad”相当于答案中的“play a leading role in the world’s packaging industry”,可知答案为C。
15.The letter is written to___________________________.A
A.its customers in the States and abroad
B.its headquarters
C.its customers abroad
D its employees in the 32 states and 15 foreign countries
这是考核推理能力。这是一封介绍PMC company的信,或者是广告信函,根据四个选项推断,应该是写
给国内外客户的,所以答案为A。
参考译文:
2004年8月10日
亲爱的先生,
总部在伊利诺斯州芝加哥的PMC公司是为工农业生产高科技机器和化学制品的生产商。
PM C创始与1884年,已经成为了美国的百强工业之一。2000年销售额超过了20亿美元。在全世界范围内,PMC在纽约州,北卡罗莱纳州,宾夕法尼亚州,维吉尼亚州等32个州和15个国家拥有129个工厂 和41600
个员工。
我们认为PMC是美国国内和国外包装业中的领头人之一。经过我们的 研究,发展和设计上的努力,我们
相信我们能够对工业中最新的技术领域进行交流和研讨。
PMC的包装专长主要在以下领域:
―包装和纸箱制作机械
―多功能的包装机器
你真诚的,
总经理
PMC有限公司

——仿真自测7 Passage 1
In the United States,30 percent of the grown-up population has a“weight problem”.To many people,the cause
is clear:we eat too much.But scientific experiments do little to support this idea.Going back to the America of

26


1910,we find that people were thinner than today,yet they ate more food.In those days people worked harder
physically,walked more,used machines much less,and didn't watch television.
Several modern studies,besides,have shown that fatter people do not eat more on average than thinner people.In
fact,some research work,such as the 1979 study of 3,545 London office workers,reports that fat people eat less than
thinner people on average.Studies show that thin people are more active than fat people.A study by the research
group at Standford University School of Medicine found the following fact:the more the man ran.the greater body
fat he lost.The more he ran,the greater was his need for food.Thus,those who ran the most ate the most,yet lost
the greatest amount of body fat.
6.What kind of physical problem do many grown-up Americans have? ________C___________ .
A .They are too thin. C.They are too fat.
R. They work too hard. D. They lose too much body fat.
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第一段的前两句话中的关键词“weight problem”和“eat too much”可以推断,
美国成年人身体上面临的问题是太胖了,因此答案为C。
7.Based on the information given in this article,suppose there are 500 grown-up Americans,about how many of
them have a weight problem?_____________D________________.
A.30 B.50 C.100 D.150.
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第一段第一句话中的“30 percent”推断,所以答案应为D。
8.Are there scientific facts to support that eating too much is the cause of the“weight problem”?_____C____.
A.Yes,there are plenty of them.
B.Of course.there are facts to show this is true.
C.There are hardly any scientific facts to support this.
D.We don’t know because the information is not given.
这是考核推理能力。根据文章第一段中的“But scientific:experiments do little to support this idea” 及后面
的论据判断,所以答案应为C。
9.Compared with the grown-up Americans today,the Americans of 1910__A______.
A.ate more food and had more physical activities
B.ate 1ess food but had more activities
C.ate less food and had less physical activities
D.had more weight problems
这是考核细节。从文章第一段后半部分可知,所以答案为A。
10.What have some modem medical and scientific researchers reported to us?_____A______.
A.Fat people eat less food and are less active.
B.Fat people eat more food and are more active.
C.Fat people eat more food but are less active.
D.Thin people run less but eat more food.
这是考核细节和判断。根据文章最后一段中的“„fat people eat less than thinner people on average”和“„thin
people are more active than fat people”判断,所以答案应为A。
参考译文:
美国30%的成人都有体重问题。大多数人认为造成这一现象的原因很明显:我们吃得太多 了。但这一
观点却没有足够的科学证据来支撑。回顾一下1910年的美国,我们发现当时的人普遍比现 在的人瘦,吃的
比现在的人多。同时他们体力劳动更辛苦,走的路更多,使用的机器少,也不看电视。
现在许多研究也表明,从整体上来看胖人比瘦人吃得要少。事实上,一些调查工作报道胖人通常比瘦人< br>吃得少,而1979年对伦敦3,545个办公室人员的调查也恰恰证实了这一观点。研究同时也表明瘦人 比胖人
运动量更大。美国斯坦福大学医学院的研人员发现了下列的事实:运动量越大的人,消耗得体内脂 肪越多。
运动量越大的人,饭量越大。因此,运动量最多的人吃得也最多,但同时消耗得体内脂肪也最多 。


Passage 2
After her husband had gone to work,Mrs Richards sent her children to school and went upstairs to her
bedroom.She was too excited to do any housework that morning.
In the evening she would go to a fancy dress party with her husband.She wanted to dress up as a ghost and as
she had made her costume the night before,she was impatient to try it on.Though the costume consisted only of a

27


sheet,it was really splendid.After putting it on,she went downstairs to find out whether it would be comfortable to
wear.
Just as Mrs Richards was entering the dining- room,there was a knock on the front door.She knew it must be the
baker. She had told him to come straight in if ever she failed to open the door and to leave the bread on the table.Not
wanting to frighten the poor man,she quickly hid in the small store-room under the stair.She heard the front door
opened and heavy footsteps in the hall.Suddenly the door of the store-room was opened and in came a man.Mrs
Richards realized it must be the man from the Electricity Board who had come to read the meter.She tried to explain
the situation.saying“it's only me.”But it was too late,the man let out a cry and jumped back several paces.When
Mrs Richards walked towards him,he fled,closing the door heavily behind him.
11.The reason for Mrs Richards's excitement that day was that_____B_______.
A.she had sent her children to school
B.she was to attend an evening party
C.she wouldn't do any housework that morning
D.she had made a special costume the night before
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第一句,所以答案为B。
12.Mrs Richards went downstairs with the costume on so as to______A_________.
A.make sure that the costume fitted her well
B.frighten the person who was knocking on the door
C find out if she had finished the costume
D.receive the bread and do some cooking
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段最后一句。文中“„find out w[tether it would be comfortable to weal”
相当于答案中的make sn/e that the costume fitted her well。所以答案为A。
13.The man who was knocking at the door was_________D___________.
A.a baker B.a thief C.her husband D.an electricity man
这是考核细节。答案在文章第三段后半部分。所以答案为D。
14. What did the man do after he knocked on the front door? C
A.He entered just as Mrs Richards had told him to.
B.He did not do anything as Mrs Ricbards had expected him to.
C.He stepped directly towards the store-room.
D.He went straight in so as to find Mrs Richards.
这是考核推理能力,答案在文章第三段。“Suddenly the door of me store—room Was opened and in came a
mall”,从后面一句可知,a man就是the electricity man。suddenly 说明他开门后就径直走进store-room,故答
案为c。
15.The man____A_________and that made him cry out and run away.
A.thought he must have met a ghost
B.recognized Mrs Richards
C.found out Mrs Richards was walking towards him
D.thought that Mrs Richards must have recognized him
这是考核推理能力。从文中可知,the mall看见dress up like a ghost的Mrs Richards时,吓得往后跳,当
时Mrs Richards:没有来得及给他解释,所以可以推定他以为自己碰到鬼了,故答案为A。
参考译文:
理查兹夫人等丈夫上班走后,把孩子送去上学,然后来到楼上自己的卧室。那天上 午,她兴奋得什么家
务活都不想做,因为晚上她要同丈夫一起去参加一个化装舞会。她打算装扮成鬼的模 样。头天晚上她已把化
装服做好,这时她急于想试试。尽管化装服仅由一个被单制成,却十分逼真。理查 兹夫人穿上化装服后下了
楼,想看看穿起来是否舒服。
理查兹夫人刚刚走进餐厅,前门就传来 敲门声。她知道来人一定是面包师。她曾告诉过面包师,如果她
不去开门,他可直接进门,把面包放在厨 房的桌上。理查兹夫人不想吓唬这个可怜的人,便赶紧躲到了楼梯
下的小储藏室里。她昕见前门被打开, 走廊里响起了重重的脚步声。突然贮藏室门开了,一个男人走了进来。
理查兹夫人这才想到一定是供电局 来人查电表了。她说了声“是我,别怕!”然后想进行一番解释,但已来不
及了。那人大叫了一声,惊退 了几步。理查兹夫人朝他走去,只见他“砰”的一声关上门逃走了。


28


————仿真自测8 Passage 1
Telecommuting(远程办公)
It's 8.30,time for John to start work. So he turns on his radio.Then he eats breakfast.As he eats,he reads his
e-mail and reviews his to-do list.Then he sits on the sofa and thinks about an article he needs to write...Wait a minute!
Radio? Breakfast? Sofa? What kind of workplace is this? Well,actually it is John's house,and he is a telecommuter
—he works at home,communicating with the workplace through the Internet.
Like John,millions of people—and their employers—are finding that telecommuting is a great way to work
Telecommuters can follow their own schedules.They work in the comfort of their homes,where they can also look
after young children or elderly parents.They save time and money by not traveling to work .Their employers save,
too,because they need less office space and furniture. Studies show that telecommuters change jobs less often.This
saves employers even more money.Telecommuting helps society,too,by reducing pollution and traffic problems.
Jobs that are suited to telecommuting include writing,design work,computer programming and accounting(会
计).If a job involves working with information,a telecommuter can probably do it.
6.From the passage we know that John does his job______________.D
A.by telephone C.away from home
B.in his office D. through the Internet
这是考核细节。答案在文章第一段的最后一句,所以答案为D。
7. Which of the following is mentioned as one of the advantages of telecommuting?______________.B
A.One can get along well with co-workers
B.One can work on one's own schedule.
C.One can work for several employers.
D.One can enjoy a lot of traveling.
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段第二句,所以答案为B。
8. The passage tells us that telecommnters change jobs less often and so______________.C
A.they can get more work experience
B.they will have a longer paid holiday
C.their employers can save more money
D.their employers will give them a higher pay
这是考核细节。答案在文章第二段末,所以答案为c。
9.The phrase“suited to”in the third paragraph means______________.C
A.acceptable for B.difficult for C.fit for D. bad for
这是考核猜测短语。“suited to'’为固定搭配,意为“适合”,所以答案为c。
10.The passage is mainly about______________.A
A.a new way to work C.various workplaces
B. John's working day Internet的 这是考核中心思想。这篇短文描述了一种新 的工作方式,
即远程办公的方式来改变以往传统办公方式,故答案为A。
参考译文:
远程办公
现在是8.30,约翰开始工作的时间。所以他打开收音机,然后吃早餐。在他吃早 餐的时候,他一边浏览
着他的E-mail和日程安排。然后他坐在沙发上思考着一篇他要写的文章„„ 这是怎么样的一个时间啊!收音
机?早饭?沙发?这是怎么样一个工作地方啊?很好,事实上这是约翰的 家,他是一个远程办公者—他在家
办公,通过因特网与他的公司联系。
成千上万的人像约翰和 他的雇主一样,发现远程办公是一个好的工作方式。远程办公人员可以自己制定
他们的时间表。他们在自 己家里舒适的地方工作,可以同时照顾老人和小孩。不用坐车上班,他们还可以节
省一笔钱,他们的雇主 也节省了,因为他们不需要太多的办公室和办公家具。研究表明远程办公者换工作的
几率较小。这更节省 了雇主的费用。远程办公还在减少污染和交通问题上对社会产生了帮助。
适合远程办公的工作包括写作 、设计、计算机程序和会计。如果一个工作与信息有关,那么可以由远程
办公者来做。

Passage 2
People travel a lot with Heaven Air because they know they will get what they want They want to go quickly

29


and safely across the land,across the sea or right across the world,and they know Heaven Air will take them where
they want to go whenever they want to go. Heaven Air flies all the newest and fastest planes to more towns and cities
of the world than any other airlines.
Do you want to go to Paris,Washington,Tokyo? Heaven Air will take you there,at all times of the day or night,
right through the week. But Heaven Air flies not only to the biggest cities,we also fly two or three times a week to
towns and cities in the very center of Asia.Africa and South America.
People fly with Heaven Air because they know they will leave on time and arrive on time.They know that they
will receive the best food and watch the best films.
Heaven Air is second to none.
11.Heaven Air is the name of______________.B
A. a plane C. atravel service
B.an airline D.all advertising program
这是考核推理能力。从第一段最后一句可以得知Heaven Air是一家航空公司的名字,所以答案为B。
12. Traveling with Heaven Air is______________.D
A.comfortable but expensive C.exciting but tiring
B.cheap and pleasant D.quick and safe
这是考核推理能力。从第一段第二句话可以得知答案为D。
13.Heaven Air can take you to Paris______________.C
A. on weekends only C.any time in a week
B.just on weekdays D.two or three times a week
这是考核细节。从第二段第二句话可以得知答案为c。文中“at a11times of the day and night” 意为“无论
日夜的任何时间”。
14. Most flights of Heaven Air go to______________.C
A.big cities C.both big and small cities
B.small towns D.the very center of Asia
这是考核细节。从第二段末句可以得知答案为C。
15. According to the advertisement,Heaven Air believes it is______________.D
A.the second biggest in the world C.the biggest in the world
B.the second best in the world D.the best in the world
这是考核猜测短语。从全文的最后一句话“Heaven Air is second to none”中得知,该航空公司是世界上
最好的。second to none为固定词组,意为“首屈一指”,所以答案为D。
参考译文:
人们经常乘坐天堂航 空的航班,因为乘客知道乘坐这个航空公司的航班他们可以得到自己想要的。乘客
希望可以快而安全地飞 过大陆,飞过海洋,穿越整个世界,他们知道天堂航空会在任何时候把他们带到他们
想去的任何地方。天 堂航空使用最新的、最快速的飞机,飞往比任何航空公司的路线都要多的城市和小镇。
你想去巴黎、华 盛顿和东京吗?天堂航空会在一天中的任何时候,白天或黑夜,把你带到那儿,一星期
的任何一天都一样 。而且天堂航空不仅飞往大城市,还飞往亚洲、非洲、美洲腹地的城市和小镇,这样的航
班每周有2-3 次。人们乘坐天堂航空是因为他们知道可以准时的出发和到达,是因为他们知道可以享用最优
质的食物, 观看最精彩的电影。
天堂空气是首屈一指的.

————仿真自测9 Passage 1
When companies need new employees,they usually place advertisements in newspapers in order to attract as
many applicants as possible. But many large well-known companies hire new people frequently without putting
advertisements in newspapers,because they already have many resumes on file. Therefore,it is not always best to
apply only to companies that place ads in newspapers.A person looking for a job is advised to send his resume with a
cover letter to a well-known company even if a position is not then open.He can follow up with a telephone call to
inquire if his resume has been received and if any jobs are available.If the company has not a job at that time,he can
ask that they keep his material on file and contact him in the future when something is available.
Sometimes if a company is not hiring at the time,a letter explaining that a position is not currently available
will be sent. If a person sends a letter and resume to a company that is not then hiring and later sees an advertisement
in the newspaper for a job with that company,he should call the company to make certain they have his material on

30


file and will consider him for the position.So,a person has nothing to lose and everything to gain by sending in his
resume.
6.What kind of companies are the best choice for a person to write to find a job?_____C_______
A.Companies that place ads in newspapers.
B.Small trading companies.
C.Larger,well-known companies.
D.The companies which are looking for new personnel now.
这是考核细节和判断。根据文章第一段所讲,向较大的、知名度较高的公司写信求职是最佳的选择。 所以
答案为c。
7.Which of the following is not true?________________A
A.A person looking for a job should only apply to companies that advertise in newspapers.
B.Many larger,well- known companies hire new people frequently.
C.A person looking for a job is advised to send his resume with a cover letter to a well- known company even if a
position is not then open.
D.When companies decide to hire new people they usually place an ad in the newspaper to attract as many
people as possible.
这是考核细节和判断。根据第一段第三句话“Therefore.it is not always best to apply only to companies that
place ads in newspapers.”选项A的表述是错误的。所以答案为A。
8.When people are looking for jobs,what should they send to companies,according to the
passage?________________C
A.A resume and recent photos. C.A resume and a cover letter.
B.A cover letter and an application. D.Only a phone call.
这是考核细节。答案在第一段第四句。所以答案为C。
9.If you send your resume to a company that isn't hiring at the time,what might the company do?______D
A.The company might call you and tell you that they have no positions now.
B.The company might hire you anyway.
C.The company will not write back because they are not interested in you.
D.The company might write back and tell you that there are no positions available at the time.
这是考核细节和判断。根据第二段第一句所讲,如果你把简历寄给一家不需要雇员的公司,这家公司会回
信向你解释目前他们没有空缺职位。所以答案为D。
10.According to the author,_________.B
A.it is a bad idea to send in one’s resume if one is not certain there is a job available
B.it is always a good idea to send in one’s resume whether or not one is certain there is a job available
C.it is not necessary to send in one’s resume if one knows that there is not a job available
D.it is always necessary to make an inquiry phone call first before one sends in his resume
这是考核细节和判断。由文章末句判断,所以答案为B。
参考译文:
公司需要新职 员的时,通常在报纸上登广告来吸引尽可能多的应聘者。但是许多大的知名的公司不必在
报纸上登广告也 频繁雇用新员工,因为他们有许多记录在案的简历。因此,只向那些在报纸上刊登广告的公
司投递简历并 不是最好的方法。正在找工作的人最好连同简历附上一份求职信一起寄给一家知名大公司,即
使你申请的 职位暂时没有空缺,也可以随后打电话询问他的履历表是否已经收到,是否有工作可以提供。如
果公司暂 无职位空缺,他就可以要求公司将她的简历放入公司人才库,当将来有空缺职位时,再与他联系。
有时 ,如果你把简历寄给一家不需要雇员的公司,这家公司会回信向你解释目前他们没有空缺职位。假
如某人 把简历和求职信寄给一家当时不需要雇员的公司,过段时间你又在报纸上看到那家公司的招聘广告,
这个 人就可以打电话给该公司确认他的求职材料是否在公司人才库里并考虑他是否适合空缺职位。所以说,
寄 履历表不会使人失去什么,而会获得一切。


Passage 2
Some people think they have all answer to the troubles of automobile crowding and dirty air in large
cities.Their answer is the bicycle,or“bike”.

31


In a great many cities,hundreds of people ride bicycles to work every day.In New York City,some bike riders
have even formed a group called Bike for a Better City.They claim that if more people rode bicycles to work there
would be fewer automobiles in the downtown section of the city and therefore less dirty air from car engines.
For several years this group has been trying to get the city government to help bike riders.For example,they
want the city to draw bicycle lanes on some of the main streets,because when bike riders have to use the same lanes
as cars,there are accidents.Bike for a Better City feels that if there were special lanes more people would use bikes.
But no bicycle lanes have been drawn.Not everyone thinks it is a good idea-they say it will slow
store owners on the main streets say that if there is less traffic,they will have less business.And most people live too
far from downtown to travel by bike.
The city government has not yet decided what to do.It wants to keep everyone happy.Only on weekends,
Central Park is closed to cars,and the roads may be used by bicycles only.But Bike for a Better City says that this is
not enough and keeps fighting to get bicycle lanes downtown.
11.According to the passage,bicycles________.D
A.are more convenient than cars C.are ridden by most people in the U.s.
B. are safer traffic tools than cars the solution to some city problems
这是考核细节和判断。文章的第一段是文章的主旨,从中可以得到答案“一些人 认为,他们找到了解决大
城市汽车拥挤和空气污染问题的办法,即,骑自行车,”所以正确答案是D。
12.The idea of special bicycle lanes is most favored by_______________.B
A.the city government C people living far from downtown
B.some bike riders D.some store owners
这是考核细节。答案在文章的第三段。所以答案为B。
13.“Bicycle lanes”in the third paragraph probably means_________.C
A.narrow passages between buildings for bicycles
B.roads full of bicycles
C.special parts of the road for bicycle riders only
D.roads for bicycles only
这是考核猜测短语。答案在文中第三段第二句“„theyr want the city to draw bicyc’le lanes on some of the main
streets.”(在一些主要街道上画出自行车道。)所以答案为C。
14.Whicn of the following is not true according to the passage?_____________.D
A.Bike for a Better City members ride bicycles to work.
B.Sometimes accidents may occur when cars and bikes are on the same lanes.
C.The Central Park is closed to cars on weekends.
D.In New York City.many people use bikes as they have special lanes.
这是考核细节和判断。文章的最后一句说明纽约现在还没有自行车专用道。所以答案为D。
15.The best title for this passage is_________________.D
A.Traffic Crowding in New York City
B.Air Pollution in New York City by Cars
C.Special Lanes for Passengers
D.A Solution to Traffic Problem in New York
这是考核概括能力。文章第一段是文章的主旨,概括了文章的主题:解决纽约交通问题的办法。所以 答案
为D。
参考译文:
有些人认为解决大城市汽车拥堵和污染的方法是自行车。
在许多的城市,成百上千的人每天骑车上班。在纽约,有些人甚至是“为建立更好的城市而骑车”组织< br>的成员。他们相信如果更多的人骑车上班,那么城里就会少些汽车,受汽车发动机污染的污浊空气也会减少 。
这些年这个组织尝试让市政府也来帮忙号召大家骑车。例如,他们要求政府在主要道路划出自行车专 用
道,因为当骑车者和汽车同道就会发生交通事故。“为建立更好的城市而骑车”协会认为如果有自行车 专用道,
就会有更多的人骑车。
但这个城市没有画出自行车专用道,因为并不是每一个人都认 同这是个好主意。比如出租车司机就不喜
欢这个主意,他们说这样会让交通不畅。一些主要街道上的的店 主也不同意这个主意,他们说如果交通不畅
他们的生意也会减少。多数喜欢骑车的人又住得离市中心太远 。

32


市政府也没做出决定。他们希望每个人都满意。只在周末 中央公园才禁止汽车通行,道路只供自行车使
用。“为建立更好的城市而骑车”协会说这样做还不够,他 们一直在为争取自行车专用道而奋斗。

————仿真自测10 Passage 1
We often use gestures to express our feelings.but the problem is that the gestures Call be understood in different
ways.
It is true that a smile means the same thing in any language.So does laughter or crying. Fear is another emotion
that is shown in much the same way all over the world.In Chinese and in English literature,a phrase like“he went
pale and began to tremble”suggests that the man is either very afraid or he has just got a very big r,
“he opened his eyes wide”is used to suggest anger in Chinese whereas in English it means
Chinese,surprise can be described in a phrase like“they stretched out their tongues!”“Stretching out your tongue”in
English is an insulting gesture or expresses strong dislike.
Even in che same culture,people differ in their ability to understand and express feelings.Experiments in America
have shown that women are usually better than men at recognizing fear,anger,love and happiness on people's faces.
Other studies show that older people usually find it easier to recognize or understand body language than younger
people do.
6. Which of the following is true according to the passage?—————————————.D
A.We can easily understand what people’s gestures mean.
B.Words can be better understood by older people.
C.Gestures can be understood by most people but words are not.
D.It is diffficult to tell what people’s gestures really mean sometimes.
这是考核细节和判断。文章的第一段讲到,我们经常用手势表达 自己的感情,但问题是人们有时以不同的
方式理解手势的含义,所以答案为D。
7.People's facial expressions may be misunderstood in different cultures because_________.D
A.Deople of different sexes may understand a gesture differently
B.Deople speaking different languages have different facial expressions
C.people of different ages may have different interpretations
from different cultures have different meanings about some facial expressions
这是考核细 节和判断。根据文章第二段所讲,不同文化的人们对一面部表情的理解可能会不同,所以答案
为D。
8.From the passage.we can conclude that______________________.A
A.gestures can be used to express feelings
B.gestures can be more effectively used than words to express feelings
C.words are often more difficult to understand than gestures
D.gestures are used as frequently as words to express feelings
这是考核概括和判断能力。文章主要谈手势问题,未涉及与语言的比较,故答案为A。
9.In the same culture,people___________________________.D
A.hardly ever fail to understand each other’s ideas and feelings
B. are equally intelligent even if they have different backgrounds
C.almost all have the same understanding of the same thing
D.mav have different abilities to understand and express feelings
这是考核细节和判断。文章最后一段提到,即使处于同一文化,人们理解和表达 感情的能力也各不相同。
所以答案为D。
10.The best tide for this passage can be________________________.C
A.Gestures C.Gestures and Feelings
B.Feelings D.Culture and Understanding
这是考核中心思想。文章通篇在讲手势与感情表达,因此,c为正确答案。
参考译文:
我们常用手势来表达自己的情感,但问题是这些手势可以不同的方式来理解。
微笑在任何 一种语言中确实表达同样的意思。欢笑、哭泣也是。恐惧是另一个在全世界以大致相同的方
式表达的情绪 。在中国和英国的文学作品中,一句习惯语:“他的脸色煞白,全身开始发抖”暗示的就是那个
人要么非 常害怕,要么刚刚受到极大的惊吓。但是,“他睁大他的眼睛”在中国习惯表示生气,然而在英国表

33


示惊讶。在中国惊讶用短语表示为:“他们伸出舌头”“舌头在外面”在 英国是侮辱的姿态或表达强烈不喜欢。
即使在同样的文化中,人们对感情的理解和表达的能力也不相同 。实验显示美国妇女比男人在面部表情上
更理解恐惧,愤怒,爱和幸福。另一个研究显示,老人比年轻人 认同和理解肢体语言。


Passage 2
Every day,the news of the world is relayed to people by over 300 million copies of daily papers,over 400
million radio sets,and over 150 million television sets.Additional news is shown bY motion pictures,in theatres and
cinemas an over the world.As more people learn what the important events of the day are,fewer are still concerned
exclusively with the events of their own household.As the English writer John Donne put it, nearly four hundred
years ago,“no man is an island.”This idea is more appropriate today than it was when Donne lived.In short,
wherever he lives,a man belongs to some society;and we are becoming more and more aware that whatever happens
in one particular society affects,somehow,the life and destiny(命运)of all humanity.
Newspapers have been published in the modem world for about four hundred of the news-
papers primed today are fead in Europe and North America.However,soon they may be read in all parts of the
world,thanks to the new inventions that are changing the techniques of newspaper publithing.
Electronics and automation(电子和自动化)have made it possible to produce pictures and text far more qllickly than
before.Therefore,the publishing of newspapers and magazines becomes more rmore,photo
copies can be sent over great distances now by means of television channels and satellites such as Telstar.
Thus,pictures can be brought to the public more quickly than previously.
learn about what happens in the world through____________.D
pers and magazines C.electronics and automation
B_radio and television sets D. both A and B
这是考核细节。这是 提问人们了解世界大事的途径有哪些。文章第一段提到了报纸、收音机和电视,最
后一段又提到了杂志, 所以答案为D。
lng to the passage,the expression“no man is an island
________________________________________.D
man lives on an island surrounded by water
man is in some way alone
man can live an independent life
man belongs to some society
这是考核根据上下文猜测短语的能力。第一段的最后一句是对“no man is all island”的最好解释,因此
答案为D。
passage suggests that newspapers have been published for about____________.D
A.100 Years B.200 years C.300 years D.400 vears
这是考核细节。答案在第二段第一句。所以答案为D。
14.According to the author,people in today's world_____________.B
become more isolated than people in Donne's times
affected more by whatever happens in the other pans of the world
concerned only with the events of their own household
read newspapers in Europe and North America
这是考核作者观点。从第一段最后一句可知,所以答案为B。
the publishing of newspapers and magazines is more economical because_______.B
people are engaged in newspaper publishing
inventions are changing the techniques of newspaper publishing
r can send pictures to any part of the world
D. the competition in newspaper publishing is getting severe
这是考核细节。文章最后一段内容提示答案为B。
参考译文:
每天,三亿多份日报 、四亿多台收音机和1.5亿多台电视机向人们传送世界新闻。还有一些新闻在
世界各地的剧院和电影院 用电影的形式来展示。随着了解每日重大事件的人越来越多,只关心自己家门口
的事情的人越来越少。正 如英国作家John Donne四百多年前写的那样,“人不可能完全孤立如小岛。”这种

34


思想用在今天比Domme生活的时代更适合。简而言之,无论一个人主 在哪里,他都是属于某个社会的。我
们渐渐地意识到在一个特定的社会无论发生什么事都在某种形式上影 响到整个人类的生活和命运。
在现代世界,报纸已经出版了近四百年。今天,大部分报纸读者在欧洲和 北美。然而,由于报纸印刷
技术不断更新发明,不久这些报纸就会传到世界各地。
电子和自动 化使得报纸的图片和文字印刷比以前快得多。从而,报纸和杂志印刷更便宜。而且,图像
复印可以通过电 视卫星这样的电视波道和卫星传送到很远的距离之外。所以,图像可以比以前更快的速度
带到大众面前。

——仿真自测11 Passage 1
John Parker is an English language teacher.He was always good at languages at school,so he decided to take
his degrees in French and German.When he finished his university studies,he began teaching in a secondary school
in years later,however,he met someone by chance who offered him a job teacing English to foreign
students during snmmer holidays.His students were adults and he enjoyed the work soon found he
was more interested in teaching his own language to foreigners than in teaching foreign languages to English
schoolboys.
Since then he has specialized in this work.He has found that one of the advantages of the job is that it enables
him to find work almost everywhere in the world.First he went to Africa for two years and then he spent a year in
this he went to Italy where he has worked for the last two years.He hasn't been to Aribia yet,but he
intends to go there next.He has taught men and women of all ages and of various nationalities.He has also learned to
get on with all kinds of people and to get used to different ways of life.He likes this way of life and has never
regretted his decision to follow this career.
6.From the passage,we know for sure that John Parker________________. D
A.worked very hard at FrenchandGerman at school
B.was more interested in traveling around than teaching
C.was good at teaching schoolboys English
D.only worked in a secondary school for two years
这是考核细节。即对第一段内容的理解。从第一段第三、四句话可以判断,所以答案为D。
7.John Parker enjoyed teaching adult students because________________.C
A.aU his students were foreigners
B.he was able to talk to his foreign students in French and German
C.he was more interested in teaching English than other languages
D.he could be offered a job during summer holidays
这是考核细节和判断。从第一段最后„句话可以判断,所以答案为C。
8.In the first paragraph,the sentence“...he met someone by chance...”means_______.A
A.he met someone accidentally C.there was a chance for him to meet someone
B.by a chance,he met someone D.suddenly he saw someone
这是考核短语。by chance的意思是“碰巧,偶然”,因此答案为A。
9.The first sentence in the second paragraph“Since then he has specialized in this work.”means that John Parker
has_________________.B
A.become an expert in teaching English to foreigners
B.taken teaching Enghsh to foreigners as his only occupation
C.considered teaching English as very special
D.become a special English teacher in his work
这是考核短语和对上下文的理解。spec:ialize in 的意思是“专门从事”,从上下文看,这里指John 以此为
职业,因此答案为B。
10.Which of the following statements is not true?____________.C
A.John's work enables him to stay for a while in many places in the world.
B.John has learnt to get used to various ways of life.
C.John would never feel sorry if he kept his job as a secondary school teacher.
D.John Parker gets on well with men and women of all ages and of various nationalities.
这是考核概括能力。文中第二段对答案A,B和D的有关内容分别作出了说明,因此答案为C。
参考译文:

35


约翰帕克是一名英语教师。在他还是学生时在语 言方面就很有天赋,因此他决定考取法语和德语学
位。在他完成学业大学毕业后,开始在英国的一所中学 教书。然而,两年后,他很偶然的遇到了一个人,
这个人给他提供了一份在暑假教外国学生英语的工作。 他的学生都是成年人而且他非常喜欢这份工作。
很快他就发现,相比教英国学生外语,他更喜欢教外国人 自己的母语。
那时候他对这份工作已经很擅长了。他发现这种工作的好处之一就是他在世界上任何地方 都能找到
工作。他先去非洲呆了两年,然后又在亚洲呆了一年。这之后他去了意大利,过去的两年他一直 在那儿
工作。他还没有去过阿拉伯,但是他打算下次就去那儿。他已经教过各种年龄、各个国家的男人和 女人。
他也学会了与各种不同的人相处,学会了去习惯各种不同的生活方式。他喜欢这种生活方式,并且 从来
没有后悔过选择了这个职业。


Passage 2
Blocks of“high—rise”flats have been built in large numbers in London and in many other big cities.Just after the
Second World War these big,twenty-to—thirty storey buildings,hundreds of feet in height,were thought to be the
ideal solution to the housing problem .For on the one hand,there was severe housing shortage,but on the other hand,
there was lack of space to build houses in urban areas.Blocks of“high—rise”flats seemed,at first,to be able to solve
the problem,since they can offer space for more families to live in on less land.The beautiful,modem apartments in
the high rises were much sought after by people who lived downtown.Hundreds of the vast blocks had been built
before anyone began to doubt about whether they were good solutions or not.Are they suitable places for people,
children especially,to live in? A wellknown British architect,who personally designed many of these buildings,now
believes that the high—rises may well make those people who have been housed in them suffer a great
deal.Evidence has been collected by social workers,which suggests that people do suffer.They complain about
severe loneliness and deep depression living within these great towers.People also talk about lack of communication
with others,no easy access to a playground for children,no chances for adults to get familiarized with each
other.Many people say that they have lived next door to each other for years in the same building,but they never
know who their neighbors are.Some experts say that a large number of people living in the high- rises suffer from
mental disorder and have even developed criminal tendencies.As a result of these new discoveries,plans for new
high-rise blocks are being reconsidered. We are now building up many high-rises in big cities such as Beijing,
Shanghai and Guangzhou.Perhaps we should also reconsider the idea too.
was a big housing problem after the Second World War__________.C
A in London B.in the rural areas C.in many big cities D.in many countries
这是考核理解和判断。文章一开始就提到为解决房荒,二战后在伦敦及其他大城市建造了许多高层住宅,
因此答案为C。
12.Blocks of“high-rise” flats were thought to be the ideal solution to the housing problem,
because_______________.D
A.there was severe house shortage in big cities
B. there was less and less land to build houses in big cities
C.they were modem and beautiful and much sought after by city people
D.they were built on less land and were able to house a lot more people
这是考核判断能力。建造高层住宅最主要的原因只有一个,即答案为D。
sentence“Hundreds of the vast blocks had been built before anyone began to doubt about whether they
were good solutions or not.”means___________.A
A. it was not until hundreds of the vast blocks had been built,people began to doubt about whether they were good
solutions or not
B. hundreds of the vast blocks had not been built until people began to doubt about whether they were good
solutions or not
C.people began to doubt about whether they were good solutions or not before hundreds of the vast blocks had
been built
D.before hundreds of the vast blocks had been built,some people began to doubt about whether they were good
solutions or not
这是考核查对“„(主句)+before„(从句)” 这一特殊句型的理解。句中由before引导的从句常常含有否

36


定含义,所以答案为A。
14.The author takes a well-known British architect as an example to show us that_____________.B
A. he is very proud of his designing of many of the high-rises
a well-known designer of the high-rises believes they are no good for people
C.even a well-known designer of the high-rises suffers personally
D.high-rises are well- designed modem buildings which meet people's needs
这是考核对下半段内容的理解。下半段主要从讨论高层住宅的负面影响人手,质疑其是否是解决房荒的< br>理想方法,作者举例是为了说明这一点,所以答案为B。
is the greatest danger for people living in a high-rise according to some experts?
_______________________________.C
A. Lack of communication with others.
B.No easy access to a playground for children.
C.Developing criminal tendencies.
D.Not knowing the neighbors.
这是考核细节和判断。文中最后谈到几条住高层住宅 的负面影响,但最危险的自然应属犯罪倾向,所以
答案为C。
参考译文:
伦敦和其 他许多大城市已经建起了大量的高层住宅。二战后,这些巨大的高达二十到三十层,几百米高
的高层住宅 成为房荒问题的理想解决办法。一方面,房子严重短缺,但是另一方面,市区建筑用地短缺。起
初,高层 住宅似乎能解决这个问题,因为这些高层住宅能以较少的用地提供更多的家庭居住。城里人竞相购
买这些 高层住宅里漂亮、现代化的公寓。在没有任何人怀疑这是否是最好的解决办法之前上百幢大型的高层
住宅 群已经拔地而起。这些住宅真的适合人们,尤其是孩子居住吗?一位著名的英国建筑家,他本人就设计
过 很多这样的高层住宅,现在相信居住在这些高层住宅的人深受其害。社会工作者收集的证据显示人们确实
深受其害。他们抱怨住在这些巨塔之中有强烈的孤独感和压抑感。人们还提及到与他人缺乏交流,孩子们没
有地方玩耍,成人之间没有机会相互熟悉。很多人都说他们在同一幢楼里住了好几年都不认识门挨门的邻居。< br>一些专家说很多高层住宅的居民患有心理失常并且有犯罪倾向。由于这些新发现,人们开始重新思考高层住
宅的问题,现在在北京、上海和广州这样的大城市高层住宅正在拔地而起。或许我们也应该反思这个想法 了。

——仿真自测12 Passage 1
I never used to go anywhere without the car.I regarded it as an essential part of myself.But when the price of
gas doubled this year,I decided not to use the car except when absolutely necessary.
For example,I always used to take the car when I went to fetch the papers on Sunday mornings,although our
newsagent's is only 10 minutes-walk away.Now I go on foot.
I tell myself that I'm not only saving the gas but keeping fit at the same time.It's all a question of habit really. I'm
sure you call get used to anything if you try and already feel that I rely on the car less than I used to.
Besides,now that we live in the suburbs,I can walk down the road and catch a bus to the office or to any part of
the town.We used t0 live in the country about 15 miles from town and then 1 would frequently drive to and from
tWice in one day.That mean I would use l5 gallons of oil or more in a I only need half that amount.
The truble is that I am also getting used to the gas prices.They don’t seem so very high to me any more.
Perhaps it is easier to get used to expensive gas than it is to doing without the car.
6. When the prices of gas doubled this year,the author decided___________.C
A.to go everywhere without a car
B.only to take the car to fetch the papers
C.to use the car when he had to
D.to go on foot everywhere
这是考核细节。即对第一段内容的理解。从第一段最后一句话可以判断,所以答案为C。
7.In the sentence“It's all a question of habit really”,the pronoun“It”refer to__________.D
A.saving the gas
B.keeping fit
C.not only saving the gas but keeping fit at the same time
D.not relying too much on the car

37


这是通过对代同“it..在此处指代关系的判断,考核概括能力。从 第三段最后两句话可以概括出“it’’的所
指,所以答案为D。
8.To go to the newsagent's to get his newspaper,the author_________.B
A.used to walk for l0 minutes C.walked down the road to the office
B.used to drive his car D.walked for l0 minutes to keep fit
这是考核细节。从第二段的内容可知,所以答案为B。
9.We know from the passage that the author________________.B
A.is getting used to living in the country about 15 miles from town
B. used to go to and come back from town twice a day by car
C.usually buys 15 gallons of oil or more in a week
D.used to spend half of the amount of money on gas
这是考核细节及对短语“used to”和“to and from”的正确理解。从第四段的内容口r知,所以答案为B。
10.The last sentence of the passage suggests that______________.A
A.the author still can not get used to doing without the car
B.the author feels that the high price of gas is a great problem
C.it is easy to use gas at high prices
D.the price of gas is not high any more
这是考核概括能力与推断能力。文中句子表示,习惯高油价容易,习惯不用车难。因此可知答案为A。
参考译文:
我以前一向是不坐汽车哪里也不去的。我把汽车视为我自身很重要的一部分。但是 ,今年油价翻倍,
我决定除了非常必要的情况不再使用汽车。
例如我过去总是在每个周日早上开车去取报纸,而到报刊亭只有十分钟的步行路程。现在我都步行去。
我告诉自己这不仅仅是省油,同时也在健身。事实上这是都是习惯的问题。我相信只有你尝试就能习惯任何事,我已经感觉到我比以前依赖汽车的程度要少。
另外,我们现在住在郊区,我可以步行去 乘公交车上班或去镇上的任何一个地方。我们过去住在距镇
子15英里的村庄,我一天频繁地开车来去两 趟。这就意味着我一周要用掉15加仑或是更多的汽油。现在
我只需要这个数目的一半就够了。
问题是我正在慢慢习惯油价。这个油价对我来说不算太高。或许习惯高油价容易,习惯不用车难。

Passage 2
Dear editor,
Teachers in some secondary schools in Britain are worried that their job may become impossible shortly unless
something can be done to restore discipline in the classrooms.In the problem schools,mostly in large cities,a small
minority of teenage pupils disturb lesson to such an extent that the teacher can do longer teach their classes
effectively.
Some people consider tbat the permissive nature of modem society is responsible for such
kindofbehavior.Small children who are continuously encouraged to express themselves withOut reservation are
naturalLy unwilling to accept school discipline when theygrowlder.Furthermore,modern teaching techniques,
which apper to stress personal enjoyment at the expense of serious study work,might be teaching the child to put his
own interests before his duties to the community in which he lives.
Perhaps the problem can be solved by improving facilities for the moral guidance of these difficult cbildren or by
better cooperation between the schools and the parents--for the parents may be mainly reponsible for the bad
behavior of their ce at home,violence and crime on Tv make some children turn violence
themselves.
But some of the teachers believe that there ought to be a return to more“old fashioned”methods.At present,in
some school teachers are even not allowed to punish a child who does something bad and wrong.Phy5ical
punishment is not permitted now.People are too soft on children these days.It seems that che children can do
whatever they like at school while the teachers can't do anything to punish them.I don't know why the schools
authority abandoned some of the effective punishments that worked well. Things like that didn't happen when we
were at school because the teachers kept those problem students under control by using a stick.
rs in some secondary schools in Britain are worried,for__________.D

38


might soon lose their jobs C.there are too many problem schools
cannot teach very well D.there is no discipline in the classmom、
这是考核理解和判断。从第一段可判断,所以答案为D。
ng to the letter writer,modem teaching techniques__________.A
age pupils to play a lot instead of learning
B. help pupils spend much time on serious learning
not give pupils any moral lessons
a child to put his own interests before his duties
这是考核作者的观点。作者在第二段后半部分谈到现代教学手段强调娱乐,冈此答案为A。
letter writer believes that__________are responsible for pmblern children's bad behavior.D
C. modem society
teaching methods D.all of the above
这是考核总结能力。该文前半部分讨论原因,对答案A,B和c中的情况都有涉及,因此答案为D。
letter writer seems to believe Very strongly in________to restore discipline at school.C
ning more“old fashioned”methods
ing facilities for the moral guidance
C.physical punishment
ation between the schools and the parents
这是考核作者的观点。作者在信件后半部分举例说明这一问题,表明自己的观点,因此答案为C。
best title for this passage might be________.B
Schools Today C.Who is Responsible for?
B.Restore Order in School D.Dealing with Problem Children at School
这是考核中心思想。文巾一开始提出观点,后面围绕这一观点层层展开,所以答案为B。
参考译文:
亲爱的编辑,
英国的中学老师很担心他们的工作在不久的将来将很难进 展,除非一些管理班级纪律的措施出台。在一
些问题学校,一小部分十几岁学生扰乱课堂秩序到了教师无 法继续正常上课的程度,这些学校多半在大城市。
一些人认为现代社会的随意本性思想应该为这样的行 为负责。那些小孩子一直受到鼓励去毫无保留表达
自己,当他们长大的时候自然不愿意遵守学校纪律。而 且现代教学方法迎合强调个人享受,摒弃严肃学习工
作态度的观点,可能会教孩子把个人兴趣放在前,团 体责任放在后。
通过采取提高这些困难学生的道德指导的手段或家长与学校进一步的合作的方法或许能 解决这个问题,
家长可能要为孩子的坏行为负主要责任。家庭暴力,电视剧里的暴力和犯罪使得一些孩子 产生暴力行为。
但是一些教师相信应该回归到更“老式”的教学方式。现在,一些学校禁止老师惩罚做 坏事和犯错的孩
子。现在也禁止体罚。人们对孩子过于纵容。看起来,在学校里孩子能为所欲为,老师却 一点也不能惩罚他
们。我不知道学校当局为什么放弃了一些行之有效的惩罚方法。在我们上学的时代这样 的事情决不会发生,
因为老师用一根教鞭就可以将这些问题学生控制住。

————仿真自测13 Passage 1
35 Forest Avenue
Dew’s Parker
Adelaide
12,Nov.
Dear Bob,
I'm just writing to let you know our new address and to invite you to our house-warming party next Saturday.I'm
sorry about the lack of warning,but we’ve been busy moving house and I've had little time for anything any
case,we only decided to hold the party last week when we found out that cost of moving was not as high as we
thought and we had a little cash to spare.
We moved to here two days ago and we've been working non-stop ever since.This evening we decided to have
a few hours rest,so I'm writing a few invitations to some friends.
You can do the trip from Bedford to Flinders in two hours now the new motorway is open.Dew'sParker is rather
difficult to find though,because it's a new housing estate and few people know where it is.Give us a ring when you

39


are in the area and I'll give detailed directions to you then.Our number is 56889590.
Barbara and I hope you can make it in spite of the short notice.
All the best.
Charles
P.S.We can fix you up with a place to sleep—I guess you can put up with a mattress on the floor !.
6.This passage is a letter of___________.A
A an informal invitation C.thanks
B.a formal invitation D.complaint
这是考核文体辨识能力。从第一段第一句话可以判断此信为一封邀请函, 通篇语气亲切随意,并未使用固
定格式,故答案应为A。
7.When Charles writes,“I'm sorry about the lack of warning”,he means that he is sorry that_______________.D
A.he did not give Bob a warning when Bob was once in danger
B.he is short of money,so he is not able to help Bob
C.he should have given Bob a warning when he is in difficulty
D.he is not able to write this letter to Bob earlier
这是考核对句子深层意思的理解。“1ack of warning”表面意思为“缺少警告”,但统观全文,这里应指未提
前告知,所以答案为D。
8. Charles and his wife decided to hold the housewarming party,mainly because__________.B
A.they decided to have a rest after being busy moving to the new house
B.they still had a little money left to afford the party
C.the new motorway was open
D.they wanted to meet their friends very much
这是考核细节。从第一段的内容可知答案为B。
9.From the letter we know that the new house that Charles moved in is______________.C
A.very big C.in a new housing estate
B.two hours away from downtown D.easy to find on the map
这是考核细节和判断。从第三段的内容可知答案为C。
10.In the sentence“Barbara and I hope that you can make it...”,the phrase“make it”is used to say that
Bob can___________.A
A.manageto atendt heir party C. do the trip from Bedford to Flinders
B.find their new house in two hours D.put up with a mattress on the floor
这是考核概括能力和对短语“make it,在此处语境中的意思理解。此信为一封邀请函,在信件结尾处出现
的这句活,显然表示希望收信人能来赴宴,由此可知答案为A。
参考译文:
亲爱的Bob,
我写信是为了告诉你我们的新地址,并邀请你参加我们下周六举办的乔迁聚会 。抱歉没有提前通知你,
但是我们一直在忙着搬家,我没有时间去做其他的事情。不管怎么说,我们是在 上周才决定举办聚会,那时
我们发现搬家的费用没有我们预计的多,还剩下一点钱。
我们两天 前搬到这里来,一直不停地忙到现在。今晚我们决定休息几个小时,所以我就给一些朋友写邀
请函。 < br>现在新的高速公路开通了,你从贝德福德到弗林德斯只要两小时。可是路德派克很难找,这是一个新的居民区,很少有人知道在哪。当你到这个地区的时候打我电话,然后我告诉你具体方向。我们的电话是
56889590。
尽管时间仓促我和芭芭拉希望你能够来赴宴。
最美好的祝愿。
查尔斯


Passage 2
A scientist who wants to predict the way in which consumers(消费者)will spend their money must study
consumeer behavior.He must obtain data both on the resources of consumers and on the motives that tend to
encourage or discourage money spending.

40


If an economist were asked which of three groups borrow most-people with rising incomes,stable incomes,or
decreasing incomes--he would probably answer,those with decreasing incomes.Actually,in the years
1947--1950.the answer was:people with rising incomes.People with decreasing incomes were next and people with
stable incomes borrowed the least.This shows us that taditional assumptions(假设)about earning and spending are
not always reliable.Another traditional assumption is that if people who have money expect prices to go up they will
hasten to buy.If they expect prices to go down,they will postpone research surveys have shown that this
is not always true.The expectations of price increases may not stimulate buying.One typical attitude was expressed
by the wife of a mechanic in an interview at a time of rising prices.“In a few months,”she said,“we'll have to pay
more for meat and milk;we'll have less to spend on other things.”Her family had been planning to buy a new car but
they postponed this purchase.Furthermore,the rise in prices that has already taken place may be disliked and buyer's
resistance may be produced.This is shown by the following typical comment:“I just don't pay these prices,they are
too high.”
The investigations mentioned above were carried out in America.The condition most helpful to spending
appears to be price stability.If prices have been stable and people consider that they are reasonable.thev are likely to
,it appears that the common business policy of maintaining stable prices is based on a correct understanding
of consumer psychology(心理).
ing to the passage,if one wants to predict the way consumers will spend their money,he
should__________________.C
on traditional assumptions about earning and spending
to encourage or discourage consumers to spend money
out investigations on consumer behavior and get data on consumer incomes and money spending motives
research in consumer psychology in a laboratory
这是考核细节。第一段明确提示答案为c。
ing to Paragraph 2,one traditional assumption is that people with_________incomes borrow most.C
e B.stable C.decreasing D.rising
这是考核细节,即对第二段内容的理解。从第二段前半部分可以判断,所以答案为C。
13.According to Paragraph 2,research surveys have proved that_______________. B
increases always stimulate people to hasten to buy things
prices may make people put off their purchase of certain things
are more sensitive to the rising in prices than men
D.the expectations of price increases often make buyers feel angry
这是同样考核对第二段内容的理解。从第二段后半部分可以判断,所以答案为B。
14.From the results of the surveys,the writer of this article_______________. B
des that the saving and spending patterns in Great Britain are better than those in America
B. concludes that the consumers expect prices to remain stable
des that maintaining stable prices is a necessary business policy
D.does not draw any conclusion
这是考核作者的观点。作者在结束段中对此作了总结,因此答案为B。
of the following statements is always TRUE according to the surveys mentioned in the passage? C
A. Consumers will put off buying things if they expect prices to decrease.
ers will spend their money quickly if they expect prices to increase.
C.The price condition has an influence on consumer behavior.
D.Traditional assumptions about earning and spending are reliable.
这是考核概括能力。从文章的开始段和结束段可以判断,答案为c。中间的第二段只是进行了观点论证。
参考译文:
想预测消费者消费方式的学者必须研究消费者行为。他必须从消费者的财力及 倾向于鼓励或阻碍人们花
钱的动机这两方面获取数据。
假如一个经济学家在被问及在高收入、 稳定收入和低收人三种消费群体中哪个借钱最多,他的回答可能
是低收入群体。实际上在1947年到1 950年之间,答案是高收入群体。低收入群体其次,稳定收入群体借的
最少。这向我们体现了关于挣钱 和花钱的传统假设并不总是可信的。另一种传统的假设是:如果有钱人估计
物价会上涨,他们就赶快购买 ;如果他们估计物价下跌,他们就暂缓购买。但是研究调查表明这样的假设并
不总是正确。物价上涨的预 期并不会刺激购买力。在一次物价上涨时期的采访中一位机械师的妻子表达了一

41


种典型的态度。她说,“几个月以后我们必须花更多的钱买肉和牛奶;我们花在其他地方的钱就 少了。”他们
家计划买辆新车,但是推迟这项采购。此外,已经上涨的物价可能会引起不满或买主的抵制 。这体现在下面
具有代表性的意见中:“价格太高,我不支付。”
以上提到的调查是在美国进 行的。情况更加符合价格稳定促进消费的假设。如果物价稳定,而且人们也
习惯地认为这样的价格“可以 接受”并希望其保持稳定,他们就很有可能会购买。因此,这就产生了保持价
格稳定的普遍生意策略是基 于对消费者心理的正确理解的结论。


————仿真自测14 Passage 1
Dear Uncle Ric,
We were very sorry to hear that you are in hospital again,but I feel sure you'll be out and about again
doesn't sound very serious this time according to Auntie Ivy and in any case you have already recovered from the
operation so quickly.
Malcolm has been working very hard all this year,because he is sitting some examinations this month and he
is determined to study History at the University of Oxford Although the sun has been shining all day today,he has
been sitting at home reading about the history of the French Revolution.Fortunately he loves books, especially
history books.He spends all his time and money on books.
James is totally different from his brother.He might be too young to know better.He gets bored with school and
studying. But he is very keen on never stays indoors when the weather is reasonably fine,and today he has
been playing tennis for hours with his friends.He is fond of football,but tennis is his favorite. He said that he wanted
to become a professional player.His mother doesn’t really approve.
Robin sends you her love.We are looking forward to hearing from you and seeing you soon.I am sending this
letter through the e'mail to Auntie Ivy and she will bring it to the hospital with our best wishes to you for a speedy
recovery.
Lots of love
Trevor
6.It is certain that Uncle Ric is in hospitai____________________.A
A.again after having fully recovered from an operation
B.to get some treatment for a serious disease
C.to get an operation for some minor disease
D.to do some check-up after receiving an operation
这是考核细节。从第一段可以判断,所以答案为A。
7.It is____________who wants to study history. C
A.Trevor's wife C.James's elder brother
B.Trevor's younger son D.Robin
这是考核细 节和判断。写信人为Trevor,他在信中淡及家人情况,从第三段开始部分可知James是Malcolm
的弟弟,所以答案为C。
8.In the second paragraph,the sentence“„he is sitting some examinations..”means that Malcolm is_____ D
A.sitting at his desk preparing lessons for some examinations
B.sitting at home busy reading for some examinations
C. sitting in an examination place
D.going to take some examinations
这是考核对句子“„he is sitting some examinations”的正确理解。此句中的is sitting表示将来.“sit
examinations”意为“参加考试”,因此答案为D。
9.From the letter,we know that James wants to become a professional player,__________.B
A.yet the whole family don’t like the idea
B.but Robin,his mother, does not like the idea
C.his father thinks it’s too bad that he gets bored with school
D.Malcolm feels sorry for his idea,wishing he knows better
这是考核细节和判断。从 第三段可知James的母亲的态度,从第四段可判断Robin正是Trevor的妻子,因
此答案为 B。
10.This is a______________________.B

42


A.business letter C. memo
B.private letter D.telephone message
这是考核文体识别。这是一封信件,写信人Trevor通篇谈的是家人近况,因此答案为B。
参考译文:
亲爱的瑞克叔叔,
我们很难过听到你再次住院的消息,但我确信你 会很快外出走动。听艾薇阿姨说这一次不是很严重,无
论如何你已经很快从手术中恢复过来。
马尔科姆这一年都很努力,因为他这个月要参加一些考试,他决定到剑桥大学学习历史。尽管今天一整
天 阳光灿烂,他一直坐在家里读法国革命史。很幸运,他喜欢书籍,尤其是历史书。他把时间和金钱都花在
书籍上了。
詹姆斯跟他哥哥完全不一样。他可能太年轻不懂事。他厌倦学校和学习。但是他非常热衷于 比赛。只要
天气还好他就不会呆在家里,今天他和朋友打了好几个小时的网球。他喜欢足球,但是网球是 他的最爱。他
说他想成为专业球员。他的妈妈一点也不赞成。
罗宾问候你。我们期待你的回复 ,盼望不久后见到你。我通过电子邮件把这封信发给艾薇阿姨,她会把
这封信和我们盼你早日康复的祝福 带到医院给你。
无尽的爱
特雷弗

Passage 2(仿真14)
Bicycle tour and race
A bike tour and race will be held on August 26 and 27(Sat.&Sun.).At 5.30am,the riders will leave Tian anmen
Square and ride the first 35 kilometres as a training leg Then the next 55 kilometre leg,from Yanjiao to Jixian,will be
the first competitive part of the tour.The riders and their bikes will then be taken from Jixian to Changli.
The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaihe,covering a distance of 20
kilometres.Saturday night includes the stay at Nandaihe and supper.Sunday morning is free for play at the
seaside.At noon all the people and their bikes will be taken back to Beijing.
Cost:200 yuan
Telephone:4675027
Brazilian footballers
The Brazilian Football Club will play Beijing Guo'an Team at the Workers Stadium on August
club has four national team players.Also coming is 1994 US World Cup star Romario who has promised to
play for at least 45 minutes.
Ticket price:150 yuan
Time/Date:4.30pm,August 26(Sat)
Telepbone:5012372
Rock climbing
The Third National Rock Climbing Competition will be held on August 26-27 at the Huairou Mountain
Climbing Training Base.More than 10 teams from Beijing,Wuhan,Dalian,Jilin and other places will take
part in it.A Japanese team will give all exhibition climbing.Free for spectators(观众).
Take a long distance bus from Dongzhimen to Huairou.
Time/Dates:9-12am,August 26 and 27
Telephone:7143177,7144850,Wang Zhenhua
main purpose of announcing the above events(赛事及活动)is to give information about____________.C
ng teams C.things to do for the weekend
players D.prices to pay for me sports events
这是考核主要内容。快速浏览三篇短文就会发现它们都是关于周末的一些赛事及活动的安排,因此答 案为
C。
l2.If you take part in the bike tour,you will ride for____________.D
A..35 kilometres B.55 kilometres C.75 kilometres D.110. kilometres
这是考核细节,涉及到计算。从第一篇短文中关于里程的三个数字可以判断出答案为D。
13.The underlined word“leg”in“Bicycle tour and race”means“________________”.D

43


B.practice C.part of the training of the tour
这是考核猜测词义。从leg所在的句子以及第二次出现的句子的上下文可以判断出答案为D。
14.What is special about the rock climbing competition? B
A.A foreign team takes part in it.
B.You can watch it without paying.
C.You don’t have to be a sportsman to take part.
D.The bus trip to the place of the competition is free.
这是考核细节和判断。三篇短文都谈到了cost 或ticket price,只有Rock climbing是flee for spectators.这
一点是一般读者最关心的,因此答案为B。
want to find something to do for Saturday afternoon,which telephone number will you call?
___________________.C
A.4675027 B.7143177 C.5012372 D.7144850
这是考核细节和判断。从三项赛事及活动的时间安排可以断定,所以答案为C。
参考译文:
1.自行车旅行和竞赛
8月26 和27号两天(周六、周日)将举行一场自行车旅行和竞赛 。选手们早上5点半从天安门广场出发,
前35千米作为练习,接下来从延交到蓟县的55千米为此次比 赛的第一部分。选手们和自行车将要从蓟县带
到长里。
比赛的第二阶段从常岭到南戴河的海边 ,20千米的路程,周六晚上住在南戴河,并在那里吃晚饭。周
日早上可以免费在海边玩,中午所有的选 手和车要返回北京。
费用:200元
电话:4675027
2.巴西足球队员
8月26号巴西足球俱乐部将在工人体育场对战北京国安队吗,该俱乐部有四名国家队员,1994年的 世
界杯之星罗纳而多将会参加至少45分钟的比赛。
票价: 150元
时间日期:8月26号(周六)下午四点半
电话:5012372
3.攀岩 < br>第三届全国攀岩比赛将于8月26,、27两天在怀柔登山训练基地举行,来自北京、武汉、大连、吉林和
其他地区共10多个队伍将参加此次比赛。日本队将为观众免费表演。
乘东直门到怀柔的长途汽车
时间日期:8月26,27日上午9-12时
电话: 7143177, 7144850, 王正华

————仿真自测15 Passage 1
Good children must be good students at school.They should work hard at all subjects and do what is given to them
on should develop the ability to care for themselves,to try not to depend too much on their parents,to
think independently and to work in a planned way.They ought to respect teachers,have a cooperative attitude
towards schoolmates and always be ready to help others
At home,good children should be tidy and hard working.Besides schoolwork they should help their parents with
housework and be always ready to show respect and gratitude to their parents whenever their parents do something
for should also be very considerate towards their entire family.They ought to please their family with
something that makes them happy and feel good instead of upsetting them with their personal worries. When it is
absolutely necessary to talk to their parents about their personal problems,they should talk nicely and calmly,getting
ready to take advice from their parents since they are much more experenced in life. If any disagreement occurs,
good children should try to iron out the disagreement by listening to the parents’opinions.They never take it for
granted that they are always in theright.On the contrary,good children learn quickly by listening to others.
6.The most suitable title for this passage would be__________________.C

44


A.Good Children at Home C.What Good Children Should Be
B.Good Students at School D.Be Good Students
这是考核概括能力。通读全文可知文中主要说的是好孩子的行为,所以答案为C。
7.One important ability good children are supposed to develop is______________.A
A.to think independently C.to be good students at school
B.to work hard at some subjects D.to have a cooperative attitude toward teachers
这是考核细节。从第一段可知答案为A。
8.Good children should____________________.B
A.never talk about their personal worries
B.care for their parents,brothers and sisters
C.consider something of their own interests
D.never get upset by their personal problems
这是考核细节。尤其对“be considerate”的正确理解,其意为“体贴的”。所以答案为B。
9.When there is disagreement between parents and children,good children should try to_______.D
A.get ready to talk nicely C.use an iron to keep calm
B.please their parents with something good D.Listen to their parents’opinions
这是考核细节和判断。文中第二段后半部分说到与家长有分歧时的做法,所以答案为D。
the last paragraph,the sentence“They never take it for granted that they are always in the right”means
they never____________.D
A.believe that they are always right
B. make sure that they are right
C.think it is true that they might not always be right
D.accept it as a matter of fact that they are always right
这是考核对短语“take„for granted„”的理解,其意为“视为当然”。所以答案为D。
参考译文:
好孩子在学校必须是好学生。他们应该努力学校各门功课,按时完成作业。他们应 该具备生活自理的能
力,尽量不过多依赖父母,独立思考,做事有计划。他们应该尊重老师,团结同学, 乐于助人。
在家里,好孩子应该有条理,做事勤奋。他们应该在完成学习作业之余帮助父母做家务,尊 重父母,无
论父母为他做什么都要心怀感激之情。他们应该体贴所有的家人。他们应该做让家人高兴和放 心的事情,而
不是让他们为自己的事情担心。当他们确实有必要告诉父母他们遇到的个人问题的时候,他 们应该谈吐温和
冷静,随时准备听取父母意见,因为父母人生经验更丰富。有不同意见的时候,好孩子应 该听取父母意见协
商统一观点。他们从来不理所当然地认为自己总是对的。相反,好孩子会很快通过听取 他人建议而学习。

Passage 2
This is an age of knowledge economy.The world changes every minute.New things appear every day:
telecommunication through man-made satellites;personal computer;into-highway;the World Wide Web or
the Internet.DAN profile,DAN testing and so on and so forth.New ideas appear every day too:environmen-
tal protection,global village,continuing education,open university and learning this ever- increasing
knowledge pushes forward the global economic development at a greater speed than has ever been known
before.
Traditionally,only teenagers go to school every day.After years of learning,they will go to
education they get at school is good enough for them to work well for their entire life don't have to
worry about it.But things are different now.It is almost impossible to learn everything just during one's school
days when one is young.New chances,new jobs are opening up.Our society is turning into a learning society.
Everyone in this society needs to keep on learning new things.
All of a sudden,you might find the knowledge you use in your work out of date and there is greater competition
in every field than ever before.If you are a farmer,you have to know how to use many different farming machines.If
you are a bank clerk,you must have good keyboard skills in using a computer rather than skills in using an abacus(算
盘).If you are a teacher,you should learn how to use the Internet to get information people feel that
their knowledge needs open universities come into offer people many different courses to
learn in their free or spare time.They are very flexible.People can study in these universities without quitting their
jobs.They can go in for degree courses or non-degree courses. They can study at any time or in any place they

45


want.
some experts in education say that open universities will have a very promising future;they will become
very popular in the 21st century to make every citizen keep pace with the world social and economic develop-
ment.
does the author say that this is an age of knowledge economy? A
e the world economy develops ever faster due to new knowledge.
e new ideas and new knowledge appear every day.
e the world is changing every minute at a very high speed.
e the knowledge about the world is increasing every day.
这是考核对第一段主题句 的理解。第一段主题句后,便进行分述,该段最后一句总结,呼应主题句,据
此可知答案为A。
ionally,only teenagers go to school every day,because________________.D
usually get good education at school when they are young
knowledge they get at school will secure their jobs for their whole life
knowledge they get at school will be good enough for them to work well
B and C
这是考核细节。从第二段第二、三句可以判断答案为D。
ing to the author,learning society is one in which everyone_____________.C
A.goes to school to learn new kwonledge
B.gets good education in pen universities
to keep on learning new things
D.Can find new chances to get a new job
这是考核作者的观点。从第二段的最后两个句子可以判断答案为C。
14. In the third paragraph,the sentence“Thus open universities come into being”means _____________.B
,open universities cometo everyone of us
B.as a result,people start to set up open universities
c.so much open universities have done in our society
D.because of this,universities have come to open to everyone
这是考核对短语“come into being”的理解,其意为“诞生”。因此答案为B。
universities,according to some experts,will_______________.B
A.be very flexible in the 21 century
B.be very popular in the 21 century
C.help people with their jobs
D.keep pace with the world social and economic davelopment
这是考核细节和判断。作者在最后一段有明确描述,所以答案为B。
参考译文:
这是一个知 识经济时代。世界每分钟都在发生变化。每天都出现新事物:通过人造卫星通信:个人电脑:
信息高速公 路;互联网或因特网,DNA基因图,DNA测试等等。每天也会出现新思想:环境保护,地球村,
继续 教育,开放大学和学习型社会。所有这些不断增长的知识以前所未有的速度推动全球经济发展。按传统,
只有青年人才每天上学。经过几年学习,他们就去工作。他们在学校接受的教育完全足够让他们一辈子工作
无忧。他们不必有任何后顾之忧。但是现在情况不同了。年轻人在学校不可能学会所有的事情。新的机会和新的工作接踵而来。我们的社会正在变成学习型的社会。在这个学习型社会里的每个人都需要不断地学习新< br>东西。
突然之间,你就发现你在工作中用的知识过时了,各个领域里的竞争都更加激烈。假如你 是农民,你必
须知道如何使用很多不同的农用机器。假如你是银行职员,你必须有熟练电脑键盘操作技术 ,而不是拨算盘
的技术。假如你是老师,你应该学会如何使用互联网获取世界各地的信息。许多人感到他 们的知识需要更新。
因此开放大学诞生了。开放大学在人们有空或闲暇时间提供许多不同的课程。这种大 学教学非常灵活。人们
可以不脱产学习。他们可以攻读学位或非学位课程。他们可以随时随地学习。 < br>一些教育界的专家说开放大学前景广阔;他们在21世纪非常受欢迎,使每个人都能跟上全球社会和经济发展的脚步。

46



————仿真自测16 Passage 1
Snra Elmer came to Shanghai last July from the Netherlands,and will remain here for the next couple of
worked at the Holiday Inn Hotel as a sales manager,“One important part of my job consists in staying
contact with consultant generals here.With a white face,it is easier for me to persuade people,”he
working in Shanghai,he worked for a Holiday Inn Hotel in Amsterdam. He was transferred here by an arrangement
between the hotels in Shanghai and Amsterdam.
Ask to comment on the differences between working in China and Europe,he said:“If anything, Chinese
colleagues tend to be more serious,while we Dutch like to crack jokes,”he said.He also said that in Amsterdam
everything goes faster and with fewer people.“In the Netherlands,we have to be efficient because salaries are high
and companies cannot employ so many people as they do here in China,”he said. He also said that he earned a bit
more here than in the Netherlands,and accommodation and meals are freely available. “I like Shanghai.Before
coming here I had no idea what China would be like.Now I have been here for nearly one year,I found people here
friendly,though I dislike people spitting on the ground.”He intended to work here for another two or three years,
depending on the hotel
6.From the passage. We know that Sura Elmer is________________.A
A.a Dutch
B. working for a Holiday Inn Hotel in Amsterdam
C.one of the consultant generals
D.going to stay in Shanghai for quite long
这是考核判断能力。文中先说,Sura Elmer来自the Netherlands,第二段中义引用他的话,“„while we
Ducch like to crack jokes„”据此可判断答案为A。
7 Sura Elmer came to Shanghai______________.D
A.as he signed a contract with Holiday Inn Hotel in Shanghai
B.because he wants to know something about China
C.for he likes Shanghai very much
D.according to an agreement between the hotels in Shanghai and Amsterdam
这是考核细节。从第一段最后一句可知答案为D。
8.Sura Elmeer's impression on his Chinese colleagues is that they_________than his colleagues in the Nether
1ands.B
A.do everything faster C.are more efficient
B.are more serious D.earn a little more
这是考核细节。从文中第二段前半部分可知答案为B。
9.In the second paragraph,the sentence, “„accommodation and meals are freely available”
means________________.B
A.accommodation and meals are offered in free time in the hotel
B.Sura Elmer eats and sleeps in the hotel flee of charge
C.Sura Elmer can stay and eat in the hotel anytime he thinks necessary
D.except accommodation,meals are offered freely in the hotel
这是考核细节和判断。“freely available'’指免费获得或提供,所以答案为B。
10.One thing that Sura Elmer dislikes in China is________________.C
A.one does not have to work hard to be efficient
B.salaries arelowe rthan what people ge tin Amsterdam
C.people spit on the ground
D.there are more people doing less work
这是考核细节。文中最后引用Sura Elmet的话中,说法十分明确,所以答案为C。
参考译文:
苏拉埃尔默去年7月从荷兰 来到上海,而且要在上海呆上几年。他在一家名叫“假日客栈”的旅馆担任
销售经理。“我在这里地另一 个任务是做做顾问,因为我长了一张白人面孔,所以很容易就能说服他人。”苏
拉埃尔默如是说道。再来 上海之前,他曾为阿姆斯特丹的一家旅馆工作。
当被问及中国和欧洲的区别时,他答道:“要真问 我有什么区别的话,那就是中国大学的课堂过于严肃
了。要知道我们荷兰人很喜欢恶作剧的。”他同时谈 到,阿姆斯特丹人口要少一些,而且生活节奏也要快一些。

47


“ 在荷兰,我们必须一刻不停的高效工作,因为薪酬很高,而且公司雇用不了那么多人。”他说道。他还说,
他在上海要比在荷兰挣得更多,而且食宿也相当自由。
“我很喜欢上海,再来中国之前我根本不知 道中国是个什么样,现在我在中国呆了近一年了,我发现这
里的人很友善,虽然我很讨厌他们随地吐痰这 个坏毛病。”他打算继续在中国工作两到三年,这要取决于公司。

Passage 2
“Are you the happiest man in the world?”When asked this question,most people would say don't
think they are the happiest of the people around them. They would point out that one of their neighbors is happier
than any one of them.“Doctor Frank has a career himself.His wife is the most beautiful and well educated lady in
the community.No,I don’t think I am happier than Doctor Frank. At least my career is not as successful as his.
Most of us compare ourselves with anyone we think is happier----a relative,a close friend or,often,someone we
even hardly know.I once met a young man who struck me as particularly successful and happy. He spoke of his love
for his beautiful wife and their daughters,and of his joy at being a Tv talk- show host.I remember thinking he was one
of the lucky few for whom everything goes effortlessly right. Once we talked about the internet, he is grateful for its
existence.He told me,because he could look up information on diabetes(糖尿病).The terrible disease that made his
wife suffer and could possibly be passed down to his lovely children.When I heard this. I felt like a fool for taking it
for granted that nothing Unhappy existed in his 1ife.
This made me think a lot and I soon drew one of the most significant conclusions about happiness:there is little
relationship between the situations of people's lives and how happy they are.We all know people who are richer and
have an easier life than they are essentially unhappy.And we know people who have suffered a great deal
but generally remain happy.Unhappiness is like looking at something and fixing on even the smallest fault. As a bald
man told me,“Whenever I enter a room,all I see is hair,
It is hard for us to give up the imagine of ”. As nothing is can be unhappy.It takes
no courage or effort to be unhappy.True happiness lies in struggling to be happy.
ing to the author,most people would________they are the happiest in the world.D
whether C.think about whether
B.1ike to think that D.not think that
这是考核作者的观点。第一段开始作者即提出问题,并按一般人的情况,给出否定回答,据此可知答 案为
D。
author thinks that people quite often compare themselves with ___________. C
A. a close friend C.anyone we think is happier
B a relative D.someone we even hardly know
这是考核作者的观点。第二段第一句即说明此点,所以答案为c。
is not true about the young man the author once met with ? B
A. He is a TV talk-show host.
B. Everything goes effortlessly right for him.
C.He loves his wife and their daughters.
D.He is very happy with his work and his life.
这是考核判断能力。第二段前后对照来读,可以判断出答案为B。
talking with the young man about the Internet,the author realise_________. A
A.that he is mistaken in thinking nothing unhappy existed in the latter’s life
grateful the young man is for the existence of the Internet
terribly the young mans wife suffer from the disease--diabetes
there is a lot of information one can look up in the Internet
这是考核细节。第二段最后一句明确提示答案为A。
significant conclusion the author draws about happiness is that ________. D
A it is hard for us to give up the image of“being perfect”
iness is like looking at something and fixing on even the smallest fault
people who have suffered a great deal but generally remain happy
happiness lies in struggling to be happy
这是考核中心思想。文中最后一句话有明确陈述,所以答案为D。
参考译文:

48


你是世界上最幸福的人吗?当大多数人被问到此问题时,回答是否定的 ,他们并不认为自己比身边的
人更幸福.他们可能会说,他们的某一个邻居比其他人都幸福.博士有他自 己辉煌的事业,他的妻子
也是社区里最漂亮和最有学识的女人.不,我不认为我比他更幸福,至少我的事 业就没有他那么成功.
大多数人都会拿一些他们认为比自己幸福的人作比较—亲戚、好友,有时候甚至我 们不知道自己在跟谁
比。曾经,我遇到一个非常成功和幸福的男人,他在主持脱口秀时向他的妻子和女儿 表达爱意和愉快的样
子,让我觉得他是少数的幸运儿,这一切对他们来说都看似毫不费力。有一次跟他在 网上聊天,他很感谢
网络的存在。他可以查到到关于糖尿病的信息,他说他妻子受到糖尿病痛苦折磨并可 能遗传给他们可爱的
女儿。我听到这个消息的时候,我像一个傻子一样,还理所当然地认为他生活中没有 任何不高兴的事情存
在。
这让我思考良久,旋即我在心中刻划出有关幸福的最有意义的影像: 一个人幸福与否跟他的生活处境几
乎没有关系。我们都知道,那些有钱人比我生活更容易,可是他们不一 定比我们更幸福,而也有很受过重
大挫折的人能幸福的生活。不幸福就像是我们在寻找什么东西犯了最无 足轻重的错误,就如一个光头告诉
我,“每当我进入一个房间,我看到的全是头发。”
让我们 放弃“成就完美”的想像很难,然而金无足赤,任何都可能不幸福。没有不高兴的勇气和努力,
真正的幸 福存在于幸福的追求当中。

————仿真自测17 Passage 1
I used to think education was the most important thing in my life.Recently my attitude has begun to
changed,although I still hold that it is essential for everyone in the world today. As a top junior student in my
college,I was asked to make a speech on how to learn English well.Standing in front of the audience facing so
many freshmen, I was trembling. I didn’t remember any word that I had prepared.I ran out of the conference
room without finishing my speech,leaving everyone puzzled I cried that night in my room,feeling that I was
a g takes so much of my time that I feel unable to really develop myself.I am just storing know-
edge; yet fail to communicate with others.I have received many awards in school,but they don't necessarily
reflect anything about me. I don't know how to socialize.When I leave school I fear I will be of no use to
society.
I realize that everyone has her or his own way of living.I want to change my lifestyle. Of course I will
keep studying.Yet I plan to look for a part time job,which might turn out to be a good chance to get to know
society.I still believe that working my hardest does make me happy. I will still stay on in college,but I will
not allow it to shelter me from the real world.
6.From this passage,we know tha the author_______C
A.does not think education is the most important thing in her life any more
B thinks that communication with other people is more important than education
C.realizes that it is more important to really develop oneself 'than just to store knowledge
D.comes to learn how important it is to make a public speech
这是考核 概括中心思想的能力。第一段作者以自身经历揭示主题,第二段作者通过反思揭示主题.据此判
断答案为 C。
7.By saying that she is“a top junior student,the author means that she is______A
A.a student in her third year in college C.younger than most students in college
B.a very young college student D.shorter than others in college
这是考核细节,尤其是对junior stu dent一词在此语境下的正确理解。英语中,freshman,sophomore.junior
和senior分别指大学一、二、三、四年级学生。所以答案为A。
8.The author thinks the awards she has received________D
A.show that she is a top student
B.show how much time she has spent in learning
C.mean she only knows how to learn,but not how to socialize
D.don't necessarily reflect her real self
这是考核作者的观点。文中第一段后半部分显示答案为D。
9.The author fears that she will be of no use to society,mainly because____________.B
A.she feels she is a loser

49


B she does not know how to communicate with others
C.studying takes too much of her time
D.she is unable to develop herself
这是考核细节和判断。文中第一段后半部分显这是考核细节和判断。文中第一段后半部分显示答案为B。
10.Which of the following statements is not true according to the passage
to find a part time job? D
A.The job might enable her to get to know society.
B.She wants to change her lifestyle.
C.Working part time while studying will make her happy·
D.She wants to get some shelter from the real world.
这是考核判断 能力。文中最后一段提到了A,B,C各条,唯有说到坚持学习时,表示不能由于学习而脱离
真实的社会 ,所以答案为D。
参考译文:
从前我认为教育是在我的生活最重要的事。最近,我的态 度已开始发生变化,虽然我仍然认为它对大多
数人来说是在当今世界上不可或缺的。我在大三年级是一名 优等生,我受邀请做一遍如何学好英语的演讲。
当我站在观众席前面对众多的大一新生时,我颤抖起来。 我不记得任何我准备要说的话。我没有完成发言就
跑出了会议室,让每个人都感到疑惑。那天晚上在房间 里我哭了,觉得我是一个失败者。学习花费了我很多
时间,但我觉得无法真正发展自己。我只是储存知识 ,但不能与其他人沟通。在学校我获得不少奖项,但他
们并不一定能反映什么。我不懂社交。当我离开学 校,我怕我对社会没有用。我知道每个人都有她或他自己
的方式生活。我想改变我的生活方式。当然,我 会继续学习。不过,我打算找一个兼职的工作,这可能会成
为了解社会好机会。我仍然觉得要尽我努力使 我自己开心。我仍然会留在大学,但我不会允许它把我从现实
世界隔离。

passage2
As our cell phones get smarter,smaller and faster,and enable users to connect at high speeds to the inter-
net, an obvious question arises: is the mobile handset into the next computer? In one sense, it already has.
Today's most complicated mobile phones have the processing power of a mid-1990s PC while using 100
times less electricity. And more|and more of today's mobile phones have computer-like features,allowing their
owners to send e-mails,browse(浏览)the Web and even take photos;84 million mobile Phones with digital
cameras were shipped last year.We ask the question whether mobile phones will ever overshadow or replace
the PC, and the issue suddenly becomes questionable.PC supporters say mobile phones are too smaill and con-
nect too slowly to the internet to become effective at tasks now performed on the large screens and keyboards
0f today's computer. Fans of the mobile phones respond: just wait.Coming techniques will solve the limitation
of the mobile phone .“One day,two or three billion people will have cell phones,and they are not going to
have PCs,” says one inventor of the smart phone and the chief technology officer of an important smart phone

company.“The mobile phone will become their digital life.”
The inventer's a newest product,the shiny,slim pocket- size cell phone,has a tiny keyboard,a built-in
digital camera and narrow openings for added memory. The smart phone market makes up only five percent of
overall mobile phone sales today,but the figure has been doubling each year.In the United States, it's the bus-
iness crowd that's primarily buying these handsets.“What makes the smart phone so much better than the com-
puter is that it's always with you,always up and always ready,”says one of them,who works in an 80-mem-
ber law firm,which recently started giving its lawyers smart phones instead of laptops
author believes that the mobile phone has already turned into the next computer to some extent,since
_________.B
of the mobile phones today have the processing power of a mid-1990s PC
and more of today's mobile phones have computer like features
C. 84 million mobile phones with digital cameras were shipped last year
phones get smarter,smaller and faster,and enable users to connect at high speeds to the Internet
这是考核作者的观点。第一段刚开始作者即提出问题,并给出肯定的回答,据此可知答案为B。
12.PC supporters believe that__________in the future. D

50

考察情况-单位车辆管理制度


大兴安岭政府网-铁二中


西丰县-全国爱耳日


订舱代理-艺术类留学


比喻的作用-幼儿园安全工作总结


举起手来观后感-惊天魔盗团解析


中考时间2020具体时间-中国网红排行榜


采薇教案-两免一补